GENERAL INFORMATION
Included in the contents of this Generic Scan Tool (GST) information is a summary table of the vehicle specific OBD II Emission Related DTCs. The DTC table contains DTC Malfunction Criteria, Threshold Values, Secondary Parameters, Enabling Conditions, Monitoring Time Length, Frequency of Checks, and MIL Illumination information which can be used to accurately monitor and diagnose emissions related faults and perform functions required to run Modes 01 through 0A with a hand held scan tool.
This information also contains the step by step procedures to accurately diagnose and repair a component or system once a DTC has been set. References to repair procedures and wiring diagrams can be found within the diagnostic test procedures.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Check for that may supersede any information included in this information.
| WARNING | Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury or possible death. When performing the drive cycle operation, pay strict attention to driving conditions and observe and obey all posted speed limits. Test equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and operated by a second person. If test and measuring equipment is operated from the passenger seat, the person seated could be injured in the event of an accident involving deployment of the passenger-side airbag. The fuel system is under pressure! Before opening the fuel system, place rags around the connection area. Then release pressure by carefully loosening the connection. The engine section of the fuel system, after the high pressure pump, is under extremely high pressure! When working on engine or fuel injection system, fuel pressure must be relieved to residual pressure before opening high pressure components. Refer to the Service information for the proper procedure. If the battery has not been disconnected, the fuel pump fuse must be removed before opening the fuel supply system as the fuel pump may be activated by the driver's door contact switch. Testing of the EVAP and ORVR systems can result in the escape of explosive fuel vapor. Do not smoke while testing the EVAP system, and make sure the area you are working in is well ventilated. Observe the following for all procedures, especially in the engine compartment due to lack of room: Route lines of all types (e.g. for fuel, hydraulic, EVAP canister system, coolant and refrigerant, brake fluid, vacuum) and electrical wiring so that the original path is followed. Watch for sufficient clearance to all moving or hot components. Do not touch or disconnect the Ignition Coils, ignition wires, connecting parts or adapter cables when the ignition is on or the engine is running or turning at starting RPM. Only disconnect and reconnect wires for injection and ignition system, including test leads, when the ignition is turned off. When removing and installing components from full or partially full fuel tanks, observe the following: The fuel tank must only be partially full. How much fuel can remain in the fuel tank may be read in the respective work description. Empty the fuel tank if necessary. Before starting work, switch on the exhaust extraction system and place an extraction hose close to the installation opening of the fuel tank to extract escaping fuel fumes. If no exhaust extraction system is available, a radial fan (as long as motor is not in air flow) with a displacement greater than 15 m 3 /h can be used. Prevent fuel from contacting the skin! Wear fuel-resistant gloves! When servicing the engine control module (ECM), it may be necessary to use a heat gun. The heat gun, shear bolts, and parts of the protective housing will become extremely hot. Use extreme caution when working with or handling these parts to avoid personal injury. Observe operating instructions when working with a heat gun. To prevent damage (burning) to the wiring and harness connections, insulation and the electronic components, perform outlined work steps exactly! The cooling system is under pressure. To avoid scalding, use caution when opening the cooling system and servicing cooling system components! |
| CAUTION | The battery must only be disconnected and connected with the ignition switched off. Otherwise, the engine control module (ECM) can be damaged. The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibited and may cause damage to the electrical harness connectors, terminal ends or to a component. Use only the manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors. Do not use sealants containing silicone. Particles of silicone drawn into the engine, will not be burnt in the engine and will damage the oxygen sensors. Secure all hose connections with the correct hose clips (the same as original equipment). If engine is to be cranked without starting, for example as part of a compression test, remove the fuses for the voltage supply of Ignition Coils and the fuel injector. An electrostatic charge can lead to functional problems of electrical components of the engine, transmission and selector lever mechanism. Touch a grounded object, e.g. a water pipe or a hoist, before working on electrical components. Do not make direct contact with electrical harness connector terminals. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals. |
CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Even minor contaminations can lead to malfunctions in the fuel injection system. When working on the fuel supply/injection system, pay careful attention to the following rules of cleanliness
- Thoroughly clean all connections and the surrounding area before disconnecting.
- Place removed parts on a clean surface and cover. Use lint-free cloths.
- Carefully cover over opened components or seal, if repairs are not performed immediately.
- When the system is open, do not work with compressed air. Do not move vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
- Install clean components: Remove replacement parts immediately prior to installation. Do not use parts that have been stored unpacked (e.g. in tool boxes etc.).
- Separated electrical connectors: Protect from dirt and moisture. Make sure connections are dry when reconnecting.
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEMS
California OBD-II applies to all gasoline engine vehicles up to 14, 000 lbs. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) starting in the 1996 MY and all diesel engine vehicles up to 14, 000 lbs. GVWR starting in the 1997 MY.
Several states in the northeastern United States have chosen to adopt the California emission regulations starting in the 1998 MY and are known as "Green States".
Green States receive California-certified vehicles for passenger cars and light trucks up to 6, 000 lbs. GVWR. Starting in the 2004 MY, Federal vehicle over 8, 500 lbs. will start phasing in OBD-II.
Starting in 2004 MY, gasoline-fueled medium duty passenger vehicles are required to have OBD-II. Federal OBD-II applies to all gasoline engine vehicles up to 8, 500 lbs. GVWR starting in the 1996 MY and all diesel engine vehicles up to 8, 500 lbs. GVWR starting in the 1997 MY.
OBD-II system implementation and operation is described in the remainder of this document.
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ILLUMINATION
If the engine control module (ECM) recognizes a malfunction that leads to increased emission values, it indicates them by illuminating the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) which is located in the instrument cluster.
The ECM switches on the MIL after the ignition is switched on. Shortly after the engine is started, the MIL goes out if the ECM does not detect a malfunction that increases the emission values.
If the ECM recognizes a malfunction that leads to increased emissions during the operation of the engine, the ECM switches on the MIL and an entry is stored in the DTC memory of the ECM.
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK DATA LINK
The engine control module (ECM) communicates with data bus capable control modules via a CAN Data Link.
The databus capable control modules are connected via data bus wires, which are twisted together (CAN high and CAN low), and exchange information with the ECM. Missing or implausible information on the databus is recognized and stored as a malfunction based on specific DTC criteria.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) is illuminated as a result of a CAN message sent by the ECM. The MIL can be turned on, turned off, or blink, depending on the message received.
ELECTRONIC POWER CONTROL WARNING LAMP
The engine control module (ECM) monitors electronic power control (EPC) components when the ignition is switched on.
If a malfunction is recognized in the EPC system, the ECM switches on the EPC warning lamp, which is located in the instrument cluster, and an entry is stored in the DTC memory of the ECM.
DIAGNOSTIC MODES
Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool or are available for purchase through the manufacturer. Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool.
FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM
For all fuel supply system component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
The evaporative emission system has been designed to minimize the release of hydrocarbons from the fuel system into the atmosphere. The evaporative system components all work together with the ECM to prevent fuel vapor from escaping and route it to the intake manifold to be burned during normal combustion.
The leak detection system checks the integrity of the evaporative emission system by pressurizing system.
- When leak detection is activated, a pump pressurizes the evaporative system.
- During the leak diagnosis, the system is monitored for a specific time period. If the pressure does not drop a specific amount during the time period, the system is considered to be sealed.
- If the pressure drops greater than a specified amount during a specific time period, the system is pressurized once more. The engine control module measures the time until the pressure drops again. The control module uses the measured value to determine the size of the leak.
Leak diagnosis is activated automatically shortly following every engine start. If a malfunction is determined, an entry is made to the DTC memory. The Malfunction Indicator Lamp in the instrument cluster is illuminated if the malfunction is recognized for two subsequent starts.
For all evaporative system component locations, hose routing, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.
ELECTRONIC ENGINE POWER CONTROL
For EPC, the throttle valve is not operated by a cable from the accelerator pedal. There is no mechanical connection between the accelerator pedal and the throttle valve.
The position of the accelerator pedal is communicated to engine control module (ECM) by the throttle position sensor / accelerator pedal position sensor 2 (variable resistances; stored in one housing) that are connected with the accelerator pedal.
The accelerator pedal position (driver's intention) is a main input unit for the ECM.
Operation of the throttle valve occurs via an electric motor, the throttle drive for in the throttle valve control module. This is true across the entire engine speed and engine load spectrum.
The throttle valve is operated by the EPC according to specifications of engine control module (ECM).
With engine off and ignition switched on, the ECM controls the throttle drive according to specifications of throttle position sensor / accelerator pedal position sensor 2. This means, if the accelerator pedal is pressed half way, the throttle drive opens the throttle valve to the same degree; i.e. throttle valve is then opened approximately half way.
With engine running under load, ECM can open or close the throttle valve independently of the throttle position sensor / accelerator pedal position sensor 2.
This means, for example, that the throttle valve could be fully opened even though the accelerator pedal has only been pressed half way. This has the advantage of preventing torque losses at the throttle valve.
In addition, it results in a significant reduction in emissions and fuel consumption under certain load conditions.
It would be incorrect to think that EPC consists of only one or two components. EPC is much more of a system containing all components that contribute to recognizing, controlling and monitoring the position of the throttle valve.
FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
For all fuel injection system component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
The ECM regulates fuel injection, throttle valve control module, oxygen sensor regulation, ignition, knock control, evaporative emission purge valve, engine speed limitation through the fuel injectors or the power supply relay, as well as OBD functions. For locations, removal/installation procedures, refer to the service information.
EXHAUST SYSTEM COMPONENTS
For all exhaust system, emission control component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.
SECONDARY AIR INJECTION SYSTEM
The secondary air injection system improves the secondary oxidation within the catalytic converter which are due to the rich mixture during the cold start phase where the exhaust emissions contain an increased level of unburned hydrocarbons, thereby reducing harmful emissions. The heat released by secondary oxidation shortens the startup time of the catalytic converter considerably, as well as significantly improves emissions quality during the cold-running phase.
- During a cold start, the secondary air injection system injects air behind the exhaust valves. This produces an oxygen rich exhaust gas, causes the after burning and reduces the heating-up phase of the catalytic converter.
- In addition, the secondary air injection system is switched on (after a delay) during idle after every subsequent engine start (up to a maximum coolant temperature) and is checked through on board diagnostic functions.
For all secondary air injection system component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.
IGNITION SYSTEM
For all ignition and glow plug system component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
The transmission control module receives information from transmission related components and uses this information to control shifting and operation of the transmission.
For all automatic transmission component locations, removal/installation procedures and torque specifications, refer to the service information.
PRELIMINARY CHECK
Before performing any pin point test or component diagnosis, a preliminary check must be performed.
Connect the scan tool.
Switch the ignition on.
Using the scan tool, check for any stored or related DTC's.
If other DTC's are stored
Repair these DTC's first before performing the following procedure.
If no other DTC's are stored
Using the scan tool, erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .
Perform a road test to attempt to duplicate the customers complaint.
If the DTC returns
Perform the diagnostic procedure.
If the DTC does not return
The fault is intermittent or a sporadic condition may exist.
Check the suspected component, electrical harness and electrical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
Perform a road test to verify the repair.
If the DTC returns
Perform the diagnostic procedure.
If the DTC does not return
The fault may have been the result of a loose electrical connection.
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
READINESS CODE
Readiness code description
Diagnostics are performed at regular intervals during normal vehicle operation. After repairing an emissions related system, a readiness code is generated by road testing the vehicle.
If a malfunction is recognized during the drive cycle, it will be stored in the DTC memory.
The OBD drive cycle operation will be monitored with a hand held diagnostic tool. Consult the manufacturer's instruction information for correct tool operation.
The readiness code is erased every time the DTC memory is erased or any time the battery is disconnected. If the DTC memory has been erased or the battery is disconnected, a new readiness code must be generated.
Only erase the DTC memory if a DTC has been stored.
General recommendations
Most monitors will complete easier and quicker using a "steady-foot" and "smooth" acceleration during the drive cycle operation, cruise, and acceleration modes.
Operating conditions
For the EVAP monitor test, the coolant temperature and the ambient air temperature must be between 10° C and 35° C with a difference between them no greater than 4° C. The ambient air temperature must not change more than 4° C during the drive cycle procedure (e.g. when driving out of a heated workshop in the winter).
Test requirements
- Erase the DTC memory.
- Coolant temperature must be between 80° C and 110° C.
- The intake air temperature must be between 10° C and 35° C.
- Battery voltage must be a minimum of 12.5 volts.
- Fuel tank level 1/4 to 3/4 full.
Drive Cycle Procedure
Connect the scan tool.
Switch the ignition on and start the vehicle.
Idle the vehicle for 2-3 minutes. This executes the O2 heater, misfire, secondary air injection, fuel trim, and purge system monitors.
Drive the vehicle at 45-55 mph for a continuous 7-minute period - avoid stopping. This executes the evaporative, O2 sensor, fuel trim, and misfire monitors.
Accelerate the vehicle to an engine speed of 5000 RPM; lift off the throttle until the engine speed is around 1200 rpm. This executes the fuel cut off.
Accelerate the vehicle smoothly to 60-65 mph, cruise constantly for 5 min, this executes the catalyst; O2 sensor, misfire, fuel trim, and purge system monitors.
Decelerate and idle the vehicle again for 3 minutes. This executes the misfire, secondary air injection, fuel trim, and purge system monitors.
Check the status of the readiness code.
Note. Depending on the scan tool used. The readiness code status may be displayed as complete, passed or OK.
If any engine monitor fails the drive cycle test. Repeat the drive cycle test until all engine monitors have successfully run through and passed.
Note. When repeating the drive cycle operation for a failed evaporative or thermostat monitor, allow the engine to cool until the coolant temperature and the ambient air temperature are be between 10° C and 35° C with a difference no greater than 4° C and repeat the drive cycle operation.
If the drive cycle operation fails again.
Check the DTC memory for stored DTCs.
Repair the vehicle if necessary.
Repeat the drive cycle operation until all engine monitors have successfully run through and passed.
Remove the scan tool and switch the ignition off.
DIAGNOSTIC MODES 01 - 0A
The information provided in Modes 01 through 0A displays the various levels of emission related data that may be monitored, as well as the ability to retrieve and read stored DTC trouble codes, erase stored DTC trouble codes, generate readiness codes, and select the various PIDs and Test-IDs used within the modes to monitor the engine, and emission related component parameters.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information in diagnostic mode 01 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 01 - READ CURRENT SYSTEM DATA
Diagnostic Mode 01 makes it possible to access current emissions-related measured values and diagnostic data. The original measured values (no replacement values), input and output data and system status information are displayed using Diagnostic Mode 1.
Test requirement
- Coolant temperature at least 80° C.
Procedure
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Diagnostic Mode 1: Obtain data.".
From the following table, select the desired the "PID" that is to be monitored, e.g. "PID $05 Coolant temperature".
The current values of the component or system that is being monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
| PID | Component or System |
|---|---|
| $00 | Supported definition PIDs $01 through $20 |
| $01 | Number of malfunctions in mode 3/MIL status/Readiness status |
| $03 | Condition of fuel system |
| $04 | Calculated load value |
| $05 | Coolant temperature |
| $06 | Short term air fuel ratio |
| $07 | Long term air fuel ratio |
| $0C | Engine RPM |
| $0D | Vehicle speed |
| $0E | Ignition timing advance for #1 cylinder |
| $0F | Intake air temperature |
| $10 | Air flow rate from mass air flow sensor |
| $11 | Absolute throttle position |
| $12 | Secondary air injecting |
| $13 | Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 1 |
| $15 | Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 2 |
| $16 | Oxygen Sensor Bank 1 Sensor 3 |
| $1C | OBD requirements |
| $1F | Time since engine start |
| $20 | Supported definition PIDs $21 through $40 |
| $21 | Distance driven with MIL ON |
| $23 | Fuel rail pressure |
| $2E | Activation of tank vent valve |
| $30 | Warm up counts after MIL erased |
| $31 | Distance driven after erasing DTC memory |
| $33 | Ambient/ Barometric pressure |
| $13 | Location of O2 sensors |
| $34 | Heater current Bank 1 Sensor 1 |
| $3C | Catalyst temp. Sensor 1 |
| $3E | Catalyst temp. Sensor 2 |
| $40 | Supported definition PIDs $41 through $60 |
| $41 | Monitor status current drive cycle |
| $42 | Control module voltage |
| $43 | Absolute load value |
| $44 | Specified value of oxygen sensor signal |
| $45 | Relative throttle valve position |
| $46 | Ambient temperature |
| $47 | Throttle valve position 2 absolute |
| $49 | Accelerator pedal position 1 absolute |
| $4A | Accelerator pedal position 2 absolute |
| $4C | Specified throttle valve position |
| $56 | Offset oxygen sensor regulation after catalytic convertor |
Switch the ignition off.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 02 - READ OPERATING CONDITIONS
When an emissions-related fault (pending DTC, visible in mode 07) is first detected, operating conditions are stored. Mode 02 makes it possible to access this freeze frame data as soon as this fault is shown in mode 03. Each control module only shows freeze frame data for one fault via mode 02. Therefore, there are two priority levels. If there is a malfunction with higher priority, the freeze frame data is overwritten.
Fault with higher priority: Misfire malfunction or fuel trim malfunction.
Fault with normal priority: All other emissions-related faults.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, the information in diagnostic mode 02 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).
Procedure
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Note. If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at least 5 seconds, do not switch the ignition off afterward under any circumstances.
Select "Diagnostic Mode 2: Obtain operating conditions.".
From the following table, select the desired the "PID", e.g. "PID 05-Coolant temperature" that is to be monitored.
The current values of the component or system that is being monitored will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
| PID | Component or System |
|---|---|
| $00 | Supported definition pids, $01 thru $20 |
| $02 | Fault code that caused the freeze frame to be stored |
| $03 | Fuel system status |
| $04 | Calculated load value |
| $05 | Coolant temperature |
| $06 | Short term air fuel ratio |
| $07 | Long term air fuel ratio |
| $0C | Engine RPM |
| $0D | Vehicle speed |
| $0E | Ignition angle |
| $0F | Intake air temperature (IAT) |
| $10 | Air mass |
| $11 | Throttle valve position 1 absolute (Throttle valve position 1) |
| $1F | Time after engine start |
| $20 | Supported definition pids, $21 thru $40 |
| $23 | Fuel pressure (rail pressure) |
| $2E | Activation of tank vent valve |
| $33 | Ambient pressure |
| $40 | Supported definition pids, $41 thru $60 |
| $42 | Control modules system voltage |
| $43 | Absolute Load Value |
| $44 | Specified value of oxygen sensor signal |
| $45 | Relative Throttle Position |
| $46 | Ambient air temperature |
| $47 | Throttle valve position 2 absolute (Throttle valve position 2) |
| $49 | Accelerator pedal position 1 absolute (Accelerator pedal position signal 1) |
| $4A | Accelerator pedal position 2 absolute (Accelerator pedal position signal 2) |
| $4C | Specified throttle valve position |
| $56 | Offset oxygen sensor regulation after catalytic converter |
Switch the ignition off.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY
Diagnostic Mode 03 makes it possible to read emissions-related faults (confirmed DTCs: faults which have activated the MIL) in the ECM and in the TCM.
When the ECM recognizes an emission related fault it turns on the malfunction indicator lamp. If an electronic throttle malfunction is recognized, the ECM turns on the electronic power control warning lamp. Both are located in the instrument cluster.
The DTCs are sorted by SAE code with the DTC tables consisting of a 5-digit alpha-numeric value.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode 03 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
The following tables provide a breakdown and explanation of the DTC code.
P-Codes
| Component group | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P | X | X | X | X | DTC for the drivetrain |
| Norm-Code | |||||
| P | 0 | X | X | X | Trouble codes defined by SAE with specified malfunction texts |
| P | 1 | X | X | X | Additional emission relevant DTCs provided by the manufacturer |
| P | 2 | X | X | X | DTCs defined by SAE with specified texts, from MY 2000 |
| P | 3 | X | X | X | Additional emission relevant DTCs provided by the manufacturer from MY 2000 |
| Component group | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Repair group | |||||
| P | X | 0 | X | X | Fuel and air mixture and additional emission regulations |
| P | X | 1 | X | X | Fuel and air ratios |
| P | X | 2 | X | X | Fuel and air ratios |
| P | X | 3 | X | X | Ignition system |
| P | X | 4 | X | X | Additional exhaust system |
| P | X | 5 | X | X | Speed and idle control |
| P | X | 6 | X | X | Control module and output signals |
| P | X | 7 | X | X | Transmission |
| P | X | 8 | X | X | Transmission |
| P | X | 9 | X | X | Control modules, input and output signals |
U-Codes
| Component group | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| U | X | X | X | X | DTC for network (CAN bus) |
| Norm-Code | |||||
| U | 0 | X | X | X | Trouble codes defined by SAE with specified malfunction texts |
Procedure
Connect the scan tool.
Switch the ignition to the ON position.
Select Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory.
The stored DTC or DTCs will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
The following table is an example of the DTC information that may be displayed on the scan tool screen
| Indication example | Explanation |
|---|---|
| P0444 | SAE Diagnostic Trouble Code |
| Evaporative emission canister purge regulator valve | Malfunctioning wiring path or malfunctioning component |
| Circuit open | Malfunction type as next |
Refer to the DTC tables for the diagnostic repair procedures.
Switch the ignition off.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY
Diagnostic Mode 04 makes it possible to erase the DTC memory and to reset all emissions-related diagnostic data. In that way, all faults in the DTC memory in the ECM and TCM are erased. The adaptation values may also be reset.
Emissions-related diagnostic data includes (as applicable)
- MIL Status
- Number of DTCs
- Readiness bits
- Confirmed DTCs
- Pending DTCs
- DTC that belongs to freeze frame
- Freeze frame data
- Test results of specific diagnostic functions
- Distance driven with "MIL ON"
- Number of warm-up cycles after erasing the DTC memory
- Distance driven after erasing the DTC memory
- Misfire counter
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, diagnostic mode 04 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
Procedure
Connect the scan tool.
Switch the ignition on.
Select Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating fault memory.
Then select Mode 4: Reset/delete diagnostic data.
The scan tool will display: Diagnostic data are being erased.
Switch the ignition off.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 05 - READ OXYGEN SENSOR MONITORING TEST RESULTS
Note. Mode 05 may not be supported on all systems. On systems where Diagnostic Mode 05 is not supported, refer to Diagnostic Mode 6 for oxygen sensor Monitoring Test Results.
Test requirement
Procedure
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS
Diagnostic Mode 06 makes it possible to retrieve test results for special components and systems which are continuously or not continuously monitored. If the diagnosis of a system is complete, the diagnostic result and the corresponding thresholds are saved and displayed in mode 06. This data remains saved (even with the ignition off) until either new diagnostic results become available or the DTC memory is erased.
The min & max values for each individual test in Mode 06 represent the min & max operating values for a properly operating system. This data is provided to the individual aftermarket scan tool companies for development of their scan tool. Depending on the scan tool being used, the min & max values shown may vary, or be rounded up or down to the nearest decimal point depending on the aftermarket scan tool company's development process. e.g.
| Minimum Value | |
|---|---|
| GST manual documentation | 0.3499 |
| Aftermarket scan tool display | 0.35 |
Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, the information displayed in Diagnostic Mode 06 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID), or contain no name at all and may be referenced by only a number.
Note. Depending on the scan tool and protocol used, the information displayed in diagnostic mode 06 may be referred to by different names such as Test-ID (TID), Hex-ID, Component-ID (CID), or On-Board Diagnostic Monitor Identifier (OBDMID).
Test requirements
- Exhaust system must be properly sealed between the catalytic converter and the cylinder heads.
- No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
- Coolant temperature at least 80° C.
Work procedure
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and let run at idle speed.
Select Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored.
Select the desired Test-ID..
The current minimum and maximum values will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
The following table is a numerical list of all "Test-IDs" or "Hex-IDs" that may be selected.
Monitor-ID $01(01) : Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 01 ".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 131 ($83) | P0133 | Response Check. | 0.30 V | 1.999 | Refer to DTC P0133 in the DTC TABLES . |
| 132 ($84) | P2195/P2196 | 0.07 V | 0.07 V | Refer to DTC P2195 in the DTC TABLES | |
| 135 ($87) | P2626 | 0.0 | 7995 mV | Refer to DTC P2626 in the DTC TABLES | |
| 136 ($88) | P2237 | 0.0 | 7995 mV | Refer to DTC P2237 in the DTC TABLES |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID $02(02) : Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 2
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 02".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 05 ($05) ULEV | P013A | Output Voltage (signal activity) Check. | 700 mSec | Refer to DTC P013A in the DTC TABLES . | |
| 129 ($81) ULEV | P2271 | Output Voltage (signal activity) Check. | 0 V | 7995 mV | Refer to DTC P2271 in the DTC TABLES |
| 130 ($82) ULEV | P2270 | Output Voltage (signal activity) Check. | 7995 mV | Refer to DTC P2270 in the DTC TABLES | |
| 138 ($8A) ULEV | P2271 | Output Voltage (signal activity) Check. | 7995 mV | Refer to DTC P2271 in the DTC TABLES |
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 05 ($05) SULEV | P013A | Output Voltage (signal activity) Check. | 700 mSec | Refer to DTC P013A in the DTC TABLES | |
| 129 ($81) SULEV | P2271 | Output Voltage (signal activity) Check. | 0 V | 7995 mV | Refer to DTC P2271 in the DTC TABLES |
| 130 ($82) SULEV | P2270 | Output Voltage (signal activity) Check. | 7995 mV | Refer to DTC P2270 in the DTC TABLES | |
| 138 ($8A) SULEV | P2271 | Output Voltage (signal activity) Check. | 7995 mV | Refer to DTC P2271 in the DTC TABLES |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID $03(03): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 3
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 03".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 05 ($05) | P013A | Output Voltage (signal activity) Check. | 0.0 | 65535 mSec | Refer to DTC P013A in the DTC TABLES |
| 129 ($81) | P2275 | Sensor rich | 0.0 | 7995 mV | Refer to DTC P2275 in the DTC TABLES |
| 130 ($82) | P2274 | Sensor lean | 0.0 | 7995 mV | Refer to DTC P2274 in the DTC TABLES |
| 138 ($8A) | P0145 | Sensor rich despite controls | 0.0 | 7995 mV | Refer to DTC P0145 in the DTC TABLES |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Monitor-ID $21(33): Catalytic Converter Monitoring
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 21".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 132 ($84) | P0420 | Catalytic converter monitoring bank 1. | 0.203 | 65535 mSec | Refer to DTC P0420 in the DTC TABLES . |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Monitor-ID $35(53) : Cam Shaft Adjustment
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 35".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 128 ($80) | P0011 | VVT diagnosis target position is not reached. | 2.5° KW | 28° KW | Refer to DTC P0011 in the DTC TABLES |
| 129 ($81) | P000A | VVT diagnosis target position Slow Response | 8° KW | 28° KW | Refer to DTC P000A in the DTC TABLES |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID $3A(58) : Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity/Leak Test (0.90”)
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 3A ".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P0455 | Tank leak test: Large leak. | 0.950 mSec | 65535 mSec | Refer to DTC P0455 in the DTC TABLES . |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID $3B(59) : Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity/Leak Test (0.40/1.0mm)
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 3B".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P0442 | Fuel Tank Leak Test: Small leak. | 2.0...2.15 mSec | 65535 mSec | Refer to DTC P0442 in the DTC TABLES . |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID $3C(60) : Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity/Leak Test (0.20/0.5mm)
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 3C".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P0456 | Tank leak test: Pinhole leak (0.5 mm). | 4500..6500 mSec | 65535 mSec | Refer to DTC P0456 in the DTC TABLES . |
| 130 ($82) | Fuel Tank Leak Test. | 6.4 g | 65535 g |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID $3D(61) : Tank vent valve - function check
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 3D".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 128 ($80) | P0441 | Tank vent valve check from % DTEV: Active test Air balance at idle OK, (Normal operation and short test 70). | 0.0 % | 1.999 | Refer to DTC P0441 in the DTC TABLES . |
| 130 ($82) | Tank vent valve check from %DTEV: Active test, Oxygen sensor regulator deviating in lean direction (can only test OK), (Normal operation and short test 70). | 0.09 | 9.995 | ||
| 130 ($82) | Tank vent valve check from %DTEV: Active test, Oxygen sensor regulator deviation in rich direction (can only test OK), (Normal operation and short test 70). | 9.995 | 0.06 |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID $41(65) : Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 41".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 133 ($85) | P0135 | Oxygen sensor heating in front of catalytic converter, diagnosis, Bank 1 (Constant oxygen sensor monitoring with CJI25). Ceramic temperature monitoring. | + 40° C | 1200° C | Refer to DTC P0135 in the DTC TABLES . |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID $42(66): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 2
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 42".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P0141 | Oxygen sensor heating behind catalytic converter, diagnosis, Bank 1 Nernst cell internal resistance test. | 0 ohms | 5250 ohms | Refer to DTC P0141 in the DTC TABLES . |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID $43(67): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 3
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 43".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 129 ($81) | P0147 | Oxygen sensor heating behind catalytic converter, diagnosis, Bank 1 Nernst cell internal resistance test. | 0 ohms | 5250 ohms | Refer to DTC P0147 in the DTC TABLES |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID $71(113): Secondary air system (only SULEV)
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID 71".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min. | Max. | Additional Information |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 130 ($82) | P0491 | Examination secondary air system | 0 | 1.999 | Refer to DTC P0491 in the DTC TABLES . |
| 133 ($85) | P0410 | Examination secondary air system | 32.768 | 32.767 | Refer to DTC P0410 in the DTC TABLES |
| 138 ($8A) | P2440 | Examination secondary air system | 0 | 1.999 | Refer to DTC P2440 in the DTC TABLES |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID $A2(162) : Mis-Fire Cylinder 1 Data
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID A2".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0301 | Misfire cylinder 1, Average value over 10 Driving Cycles. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0301 in the DTC TABLES . | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0301 | Misfire cylinder 1, in this Driving Cycle. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0301 in the DTC TABLES . | |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID $A3(163): Mis-Fire Cylinder 2 Data
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6 Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID A3:".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0302 | Misfire cylinder 2, Average value over 10 Driving Cycles. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0302 in the DTC TABLES . | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0302 | Misfire cylinder 2, in this Driving Cycle. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0302 in the DTC TABLES . | |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID $A4(164): Mis-Fire Cylinder 3 Data
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID A4".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0303 | Misfire cylinder 3, Average value over 10 Driving Cycles. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0303 in the DTC TABLES . | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0303 | Misfire cylinder 3, in this Driving Cycle. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0303 in the DTC TABLES . | |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
Monitor-ID $A5(165): Mis-Fire Cylinder 4 Data
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Select "Mode 6: Check test the results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Monitor-ID A5".
Select the desired "Test-ID (TID)" or "Hex-ID".
Check specified values at idle.
| Test-ID (TID) (Hex-ID) | DTC | Component or System | Min./Max. Values | Additional Information | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 11 ($0B) | P0304 | Misfire cylinder 4, Average value over 10 Driving Cycles. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0304 in the DTC TABLES . | |
| 12 ($0C) | P0304 | Misfire cylinder 4, in this Driving Cycle. | 0 - 65535 (counts) | Refer to DTC P0304 in the DTC TABLES . | |
If any of components or systems fail to meet the specified values. Refer to Diagnostic "Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory" to check for stored DTC or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
Switch the ignition off.
If any of the components or systems fail to meet the specified values, refer to Diagnostic Mode 03: Interrogating Fault Memory to check for stored DTCs or the corresponding diagnostic repair procedure.
Switch the ignition off.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 07 - READ FAULTS DETECTED DURING THE CURRENT OR LAST DRIVING CYCLE
Mode 07 makes it possible to check emissions-related faults which appeared during the current or last driving cycle (pending DTCs).
A pending DTC is saved the first time a fault is detected (output via Mode 07).
If the fault is detected again by the end of the following driving cycle, a confirmed DTC is entered (output via Mode 03) and the MIL is activated.
If this malfunction is not detected again by the end of the following driving cycle, the corresponding pending code will be deleted at the end of the driving cycle.
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, some of the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
Procedure
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle.
Note. If the engine does not start, crank the engine using starter for at least 5 seconds. Do not switch the ignition off afterward.
Select Mode 7: Check test results of components that are continuously monitored.
The number of pending DTCs or 0 malfunctions detected will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
Refer to the DTC tables for the diagnostic repair procedures.
Switch the ignition off.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 08 - REQUEST CONTROL OF ON-BOARD SYSTEM, TEST OR COMPONENT
Diagnostic Mode 08 is used to control the operation of an on-board system, test or component. A Mode 8 service can be used to turn on-board system ON or OFF, or to cycle an on-board system, test or component on or off for a specific period of time. The service can also be used to request system status or to report test results.
Test requirements
- No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
- Intake Air Temperature (IAT) maximum 60° C.
- Coolant temperature 80 -110° C.
- Throttle valve angle 12.0 - 16.0%.
Function test
Note. If the accelerator pedal is depressed during the test, the test will be aborted.
Connect the scan tool.
Start the engine and run at idle for at least 15 minutes.
Select "Mode 8: Tank Leak Test".
Select "Test-ID 01: Tank Leak Test".
Check the specified value of the tank leak test at idle.
The following will be displayed on the scan tool screen
| Tank leak test | Specified value | |||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Test function active Test function is being initiated, please wait Test off Test aborted | Test OK | |||||
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified result is obtained
System OK.
If the specified result is not obtained
Repeat the tank leak test, switch the ignition off and start the engine again and let run for 15 minutes at idle.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified result is again not obtained
A leak may be present. Refer to EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS .
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 09 - READ VEHICLE INFORMATION
Diagnostic Mode 09 makes it possible to access vehicle-specific information from the ECM and the TCM (where applicable).
Note. Depending on scan tool and protocol used, Diagnostic Mode 09 and the information provided may be referred to by a different name.
Test requirement
- No DTCs stored in the DTC memory.
Procedure
Connect the scan tool.
Switch the ignition on.
Select Mode 09: Vehicle information.
Select the desired Test-ID.
The information requested will be displayed on the scan tool screen.
The following table is a numerical list of all Test-IDs that may be selected.
| Test-ID | Diagnostic text |
|---|---|
| 02 | Vehicle identification number e.g. |
| A different 17 digit number will be displayed for each vehicle | |
| 04 | Calibration identification e.g. |
| Engine Control Module (ECM) | |
| Transmission Control Module (TCM) | |
| 06 | CVN (check sum) e.g. |
| EC5AE460 the check sum is different for every control module version | |
| 000D105 |
Switch the ignition off.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE 0A - CHECK PERMANENT DTC MEMORY
Mode 0A - Check Permanent DTC Memory (Request emissions-related diagnostic trouble codes with permanent status after code clear)
Permanent Fault Codes From MY 2010 with Phase-In conforming to CCR 1968.2 (d) (2.2.5): 50% from MY 2010 / 75% from MY 2011 / 100% from MY 2012 The vehicle only participates in Phase-In if all of the OBD-relevant control modules in the vehicle meet these requirements.
Mode 0A may only be supported exclusively by OBD control modules in US vehicles. Mode 0A may not be supported in EOBD vehicles, meaning the control module may not send a response here.
Mode 0A enables the request of all OBD-relevant faults with the status "Permanent Fault Code": -Permanent Fault Codes are Confirmed Fault Codes that are currently activating the MIL. That means faults that are still displayed in Mode 03 but no longer activate the MIL (History Fault Codes) are not Permanent Fault Codes. -Permanent Fault Codes are updated in Mode 0A at the same time as NVRAM storage immediately after switching the ignition off. A newly detected Permanent Fault Code is only visible after switching the ignition off/on in Mode 0A. -Permanent Fault Codes may only be erased in the control module after they are corrected as long as the last diagnostic result was a PASS and the MIL is no longer activated by this fault. The Permanent Fault Codes should be erased from Mode 0A at the same time the MIL switches off when the ignition is switched off/on. -Permanent Fault Codes may not be erased by clearing the DTC memory or disconnecting the power supply. Storage in NVRAM is required. -Permanent Fault Codes may only be erased after clearing the DTC memory under the following conditions: -As long as no FAIL diagnostic result was detected for a Permanent Fault Code -and at least one PASS diagnostic result was detected -and the Minimum Trip Conditions for a General Denominator (without considering high/ambient temperature) were met in this phase in any DCY after erasing the DTC memory. -The engine control module relays the message "Minimum Trip conditions met" to all other OBD control modules via CAN: CAN message OBD_01, Byte 8, Bit 4: OBD_Minimum_Trip -Permanent Fault Codes may NOT be erased if the diagnostic result is FAIL after clearing the DTC memory. A Pending Fault Code should be stored and the DTC memory line should be overwritten with new Freeze Frame data. (Exception: If the Pending Fault Code is corrected without a Confirmed Fault Code being detected, the Permanent Fault Code may also be erased under the conditions described below.) -Permanent Fault Codes should be erased in engine control modules after Update Programming. At this time, all readiness bits (Mode 01 PID $01) must be reset to "not complete" [ (g) (4.4.6) (D) ]. Permanent Fault Codes should not be erased in OBD control modules with Comprehensive Components (CCM) as a single readiness bit if the identical program/data status is being programmed. If a different program/data status is being programmed, Permanent Fault Codes should be erased after Update Programming. -The procedure in Mode 01 through Mode 09 and in the service tester is NOT affected by implementation of the Permanent Fault Codes.
DTC TABLES
Fuel, air mixture, and additional emissions regulations
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P000A | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Slow Response Bank 1 | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE, CHECKING . | Difference between target position vs. actual position> 8.00°CRK for time> 1.3...2.9 Sec adjustment angle>= 2.50 °CRK | Time after engine start> 3.0...10.0 Sec engine speed 920...6000 frequency (normal operation) 4 times | 14 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P008A | Fuel pressure out of range | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Actual pressure < 0.08 MPa | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P008B | Fuel pressure out of range | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Actual pressure > 0.08 MPa | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0010 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Actuator Circuit / Open (Bank 1) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, > 4.70...5.40 V | Camshaft valve, off Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0011 | Intake (A) Camshaft Position Timing - Over-Advanced (Bank 1) | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE, CHECKING . | Difference between target position vs. actual position> 8.00°CRK for time> 1.3...2.9 Sec adjustment angle< 2.50 °CRK | Time after engine start> 3.0...10.0 Sec engine speed 920...6000 frequency (normal operation) 4 times | 14 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0016 | Crankshaft Position - Camshaft Position Correlation Bank 1 Sensor A | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Permissible deviation< -11.0° CRK OR permissible deviation> 11.0° CRK | 2 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY | |
| P025A | Fuel Pump Open circuit | Check the fuel pump. Refer to FUEL PUMP ELECTRICAL, TESTING . | Signal voltage > 4.40...5.60 V | Engine speed,> 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P025C | Fuel Pump Short to ground | Check the fuel pump. Refer to FUEL PUMP ELECTRICAL, TESTING . | Signal voltage< 2.15...3.25 V | Engine speed,> 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P025D | Fuel Pump Short to B+ | Check the fuel pump. Refer to FUEL PUMP ELECTRICAL, TESTING . | Signal current > 1.10 A | Engine speed,> 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0030 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Open circuit | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING . | Heater voltage 4.7...5.4 V | Time after engine start> 5 Sec heater commanded off | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0031 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Short to ground | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING . | Heater voltage 0.0...3.26 V | Time after engine start> 5 Sec heater commanded off | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0032 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Short to B+ | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING . | Heater current > 5.5 A | Time after engine start> 5 Sec heater commanded on | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0036 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) open circuit | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S 1 HEATER BEFORE CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Heater voltage, 4.7...5.4 V | Engine speed> 80 RPM heater commanded off | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0037 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 2) short to ground | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S 1 HEATER BEFORE CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Heater voltage < 3.26 V | Engine speed> 80 RPM heater commanded off | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0038 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 2) Short to B+ | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S 1 HEATER BEFORE CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Heater current, > 3.0 A | Engine speed> 80 RPM heater commanded on | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0042 | HO2S Heater Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 3) open circuit SULEV | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater - Center Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -Z64-. | Heater voltage 4.50...5.50 V | Engine speed, > 80 RPM heater commanded off | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0043 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1, Sensor 2) short to ground | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S 1 HEATER BEFORE CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | SULEV Heater voltage < 3 V ULEV Heater voltage < 3 V | SULEV Time after engine start, > 5 Sec heater commanded off ULEV engine speed > 80 RPM heater, commanded off | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0044 | HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1, Sensor 2) Short to B+ | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S 1 HEATER BEFORE CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Heater current, > 2.70...5.50 A | Engine speed, > 80 RPM heater commanded on | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P050A | Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Or Higher Than Expected | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Out of range-low engine speed deviation < 80 RPM Out of range-high engine speed deviation > 80 RPM | Time after engine start >0.0 Sec driver torque demand none vehicle speed 0 km/h altitude < 2700 m IAT > -48° C evap purge valve closed catalyst heating active FOR MANUAL TRANSMISSIONS: engine load <40...75% catalyst heating active time after engine start >0.0 Sec driver torque demand none vehicle speed 0 km/h altitude < 2700 m IAT > -48° C catalyst heating active | 4 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P052A | Idle Air Control System response check | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Signal change> 6° CA | Time after engine start>= 5.0 Sec modeled oil temperature>= -13°C commanded camshaft timing correction for catalyst heating active | 3.5 Sec | Once 2 DCY |
| P0068 n.a. for Audi TT | MAP/MAF - Throttle Position Correlation | Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70-. Refer to MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR, CHECKING . | Plausibility with fuel system, load calculation < 50% plausibility with fuel system, load calculation > 50% | Fuel system monitor, running lambda control closed loop | 30 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0070 | Ambient air temp sensor short to B+ | Check the Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17-. | Ambient air temp < 50.0 °C | CAN active | 6 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0071 | Rationality check | Check the Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17-. | Diff. ECT vs. IAT at engine start< |24.8...39.8| (depending on engine off time) K difference value AAT-ECT @ engine start (depending on engine-off time) > |25...40K AND difference value AAT-IAT engine start (depending on engine-off time) > 25....40K | Engine off time > 6 h ECT @ start< 3° C ECT @ time after engine start 60 Sec AAT @ engine start <=5.3° C minus AAT @ condition vehicle speed >25 MPH for time >30 Sec intake air temp <=5.3° C @ engine start minus intake air temp @ condition vehicle speed >25 MPH for time >30 Sec | 0 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0072 | Ambient air temp sensor short to ground | Check the Outside Air Temperature Sensor -G17-. | Ambient air temp > 87.0° C | CAN active | 6 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0087 | Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Too Low | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING | Pressure control activity, > 5.00 mPa AND fuel trim activity, 1.05... 1.5 | Engine speed, 600 RPM evap purge < 22 fuel cut off, not active ECT >= 63°C lambda control, closed loop | 5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0088 | Fuel Rail/System Pressure - Too High | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING | Fuel rail pressure > 13.9 MPa | 3 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0089 | Fuel Pressure Regulator 1 Performance | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Actual pressure Deviation < 100 kPa > 100 kPa | Time after engine start 5 Sec fuel cut-off not active time after fuel cut-off if applicable 20 Sec | 2 Sec 180 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0100 n.a. for Audi TT | Mass or Volume Air Flow A Circuit | Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70-. Refer to MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR, CHECKING . | MAF sensor signal, 0 u Sec | 1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0101 n.a. for Audi TT | Mass or Volume Air Flow A Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70-. Refer to MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR, CHECKING . | Mass air flow vs lower threshold model < 3...197 kg/h% mass air flow vs upper threshold > 60...890 kg/h | Time after engine start, > 150 camshaft revs | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0102 n.a. for Audi TT | Mass or Volume Air Flow A Circuit Low Input | Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70-. Refer to MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR, CHECKING . | MAF sensor signal, < 66 u Sec | 1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0103 n.a. for Audi TT | Mass or Volume Air Flow A Circuit High Input | Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70-. Refer to MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR, CHECKING . | MAF sensor signal, > 4.5 m Sec | 1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0106 | Manifold Absolute Pressure/BARO Sensor Range/Performance | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- If the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31- has no faults, check the altitude sensor co-located within the ECM.-- Check TSB's for related information. | Cross check diff. manifold pressure to average value of all pressure sensors @ start< -65.00 hPa cross check diff. manifold pressure to average value of all pressure sensors @ start> 60.00 hPa rationality check manifold pressure signal: variation between state 1 and 2< 10.00 hPa rationality check low difference manifold pressure - lower threshold model< 0 hPa model range 0...1900 hPa rationality check high difference manifold pressure - upper threshold model> 0 hPa model range 850...2500 hPa rationality check diff. altitude sensor signal vs. manifold pressure signal at engine start> 90.00 hPa adaptation value monitoring offset value manifold pressure for load calculation in driving condition range 2> 80.00 hPa adaptation value monitoring offset value manifold pressure for load calculation in driving condition range 2< 80.00 hPa | Engine shut-off-time> 5.0 Sec engine speed< 330 rpm Diagnostic state 1: engine speed< 1500 RPM throttle angle> 13.99% Diagnostic state 2: engine speed> 1500 RPM throttle angle< 10.01% general: ECT> 30° C time above limit> 100.0 Sec time after engine start< 25.0 Sec engine speed< 330 rpm driving condition range 1 (omsna): engine speed< 1000 rpm desired mass flow 5.00...25.00 kg/h delta adaptation value range 1< 0.10 kg/h for time 5.0 Sec driving condition range 2 (opsra): engine speed> 1200 rpm manifold pressure< 580.00 hPa delta adaptation value range 2< 2.03 hPa for time 10.0 Sec driving condition range 3 (opua): desired mass flow> 0.00 kg/h manifold pressure> 0.00 hPa delta adaptation value range 3< 2.97 hPa for time 0.1 Sec general: engine operation in every driving condition>= 2 times diagnosis evap purge system not active engine speed 500...7000 RPM manifold pressure> 0.00 hPa ratio manifold pressure to ambient pressure< 0.85 | 0 Sec 2.5 Sec | Once 2 DCY multiple 2 DCY |
| P0107 | Manifold Absolute Pressure/BARO Sensor Range/Performance | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- If the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31- has no faults, check the altitude sensor co-located within the ECM.-- Check TSB's for related information. | Short to ground signal voltage< 0.20 V range check manifold pressure signal< 0.00 hPa | 1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0108 | Manifold Absolute Pressure/BARO Sensor Range/Performance | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- If the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31- has no faults, check the altitude sensor co-located within the ECM.-- Check TSB's for related information. | Short to battery / open circuit signal voltage> 4.80 V range check manifold pressure signal> 5119.92 hPa | 1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0111 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Rationality check | Check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING | Difference value: IAT-ECT @ engine start (depending on engine-off time, > 24.8...39.8 K AND difference value: IAT-AAT @ engine start (depending on engine-off time), > 24.8...39.8 K AND diff. AAT vs. ECT at engine start (depending on engine off time) < 24.8...39.8 K | Engine-off time, > 6 h ECT @ start < 3K ECT @ engine start, < 3° C minus ECT @ time after engine start, 60 Sec solar radiation case 1: AAT @ engine start, <=5.3° C minus AAT @ condition vehicle speed, > 25 MPH for time >30 Sec solar radiation case 2: IAT @ start minus IAT @ condition<= 5.3 K vehicle speed> 25 MPH for time> 30.0 Sec | 0 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0112 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input | Check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING | IAT, > 141.0° C | 2 Sec | Multiple g 2 DCY | |
| P0113 | Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High Input | Check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING | IAT, < 45.4° C | 2 Sec | Multiple g 2 DCY | |
| P0116 | Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Range/Performance. | Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the coolant regulator. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; 19; Cooling System Components. | Diff. ECT vs. IAT at engine start> |24.8...39.8| (depending on engine off time) K difference value AAT-ECT @ engine start (depending on engine-off time) <|25...40K AND difference value AAT-IAT engine start (depending on engine-off time) > 25....40K | Engine off time > 6 h ECT @ start< 3° C ECT @ time after engine start 60 Sec AAT @ engine start <=5.3° C minus AAT @ condition vehicle speed > 25 MPH for time > 30 Sec intake air temp <=5.3° C @ engine start minus intake air temp @ condition vehicle speed > 25 MPH for time > 30 Sec | 115 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0116 | Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Range/Performance. Only SULEV | Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; 19; Cooling System Components. | Stuck low: no change of signal, < 1.5K | ECT @ start, 50.30...88.4° C substitute ECT, > -48.00° C Driving condition L: vehicle speed, 0.0...10.00 km/h mass air flow, 4.0...180.0 kg/h time required > 25 Sec frequency, 3 times Driving condition H: vehicle speed, 40.0...120 km/h mass air flow, 12...36...152 kg/h time required, > 40 Sec frequency, once | 115 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0116 | Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Range/Performance. Only SULEV | Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; 19; Cooling System Components. | Stuck in range 88.5...109.5 °C AND no change on signal, 1.5 K | Engine-off time, > 9900...15600 Sec ECT @ start, 88.5...109.5° C substitute ECT, > -48.00° C Driving condition L: vehicle speed, 0.0...10.00 km/h mass air flow, 4.0...180.0 kg/h time required > 25 Sec frequency, 3 times Driving condition H: vehicle speed, 40.0...120 ikm/h mass air flow, 12...36...152 kg/h time required, > 40 Sec frequency, once | 115 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0116 | Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Range/Performance. Only ULEV | Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; 19; Cooling System Components. | Delta ECT< 2.25... 3.75 K AND ECT @ engine start (depending on engine off time) > 50° C delta ECT< 2.25.. 3.75 | ECT @ engine start 50...140° C vehicle speed 0 MPH mass air flow 4...28 kg/h | > 110 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0117 | Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input | Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; 19; Cooling System Components. | ECT, > 141° C | 2 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY | |
| P0118 | Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Open | Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Refer to Check the coolant regulator. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; 19; Cooling System Components. | ECT, < 39.8° C | 2 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY | |
| P0121 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | TPS 1-TPS 2, > 6.30 % AND Actual TPS 1 -calc. value, > actual TPS 2 calc. value OR TPS 1 -calc value > 9.00% | Engine speed > 480 RPM | 0.3 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0122 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor A Circuit Low Input | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, < 0.20 V | 0.1 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY | |
| P0123 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor A Circuit High Input | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, > 4.81 V | 0.1 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY | |
| P0130 | O2 Sensor Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | O2S ceramic temp. < 640.0° C | Modeled exhaust temp >300° C fuel cut-off not active | 12 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0131 | O2 Sensor Circuit, Bank 1 - Sensor 1 Low Voltage | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | VM< 1.75V UN< 1.50 V IA, < 0.30 V IP < 0.30 V | 10 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY | |
| P0132 | O2 Sensor Circuit, Bank 1 - Sensor 1 High Voltage | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | VM, > 3.25 V UN, > 4.40 V IA, > 7 V IP > 7.0 V | 10 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY | |
| P0133 | O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Sensor 1) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | SYMMETRIC FAULT: difference of R2L area ratio vs. L2R area ratio-0.35...0.35 lower value of both counters for area ratio R2L and L2R>= 5times Delay Time: gradient ratio>= 0.00 lower value of both area< 0.20 ratios R2L and L2R Transient Time: gradient ratio>= 0.00 lower value of both area ratios R2L and L2R< 0.20 lower value of both gradient ratios R2L and L2R< 0.00 ASYMMETRIC FAULT: difference of R2L area ratio vs. L2R area ratioNOT (-0.35...0.35) values of both counters for area ratio R2L and L2R>= 5times Delay Time: gradient ratio>= 0.00 lower value of both area ratios R2L and L2R< 0.37 Transient Time: gradient ratio>= 0.00 gradient ratio<= 0.00 lower value of both area ratios R2L and L2R< 0.35 OR lower value of both gradient ratios R2L and L2R< 0.00 | O2S front - min. operation temperature is reached> 720.0°C O2S front - time since operation readiness> 20.0 Sec Engine speed, 1000-4000 RPM ECT >= 30° C catalyst temp. >=400° C engine load, 13.5...100.1% lambda control set-point prior to diagnostic fuel steps stoichiometric relative fuel amount from wall-applied compensation and evap purge <= 0.20 time since last measurement> 3.0 Sec evap purge not active OR evap purge> 0.0 Sec 2nd lambda control loop not active forced lambda oscillation not active AIR not active tank leakage detection not active diagnosis evap purge system not active fuel cut off for any cylinders not active open circuit pump current (IP) ready only Flex fuel systems without ethanol sensor: ethanol concentration adaptation not active | 67 Sec | Once 2 DCY |
| P0135 | O2 Heater Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 1) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING . | Out of range-high O2S ceramic temperature, < 715° C AND Heater duty cycle, > 90% Rationality check: O2S ceramic temperature, < 715° C AND time after O2S heater on 40 Sec | Out of range high: Modeled exhaust gas temp, > 300° C Heater control, Active ECT @ start> -11° C engine shut-off-time> 300.0 Sec (during ECM keep alive-time after ignition off)< 300.0 Sec | 55 Sec 40 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0136 | O2 Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Delta voltage one step at heater switching > 2.0 V cycles completed >= 6 | O2S rear fully heated up dew point exceeded and lower exhaust gas temp.limit exceeded for 60 Sec | 10 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0137 | O2 Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Signal voltage< 0.06 V for time> 3.0 sec difference of sensor voltage with load pulse and voltage without load pulse (mean value of 3 measurements)< 0.01 V | Case 1: sensor ready for operation sensor voltage<= 0.40 V OR sensor voltage 0.50...1.26 V case 2: sensor theoretical ready for operation for time> 20.0 sensor sufficient heated up if exhaust temperature>= 700° C for time> 10.0 Sec heater power>= 50.00% for time> 10.0 Sec general: dew point exceeded fuel cut off not active catalyst purge not active | 3 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0138 | O2 Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Signal voltage > 1.26 V for time> 5.0 Sec | Case 1: sensor ready for operation sensor voltage<= 0.40 V OR sensor voltage 0.50...1.26 V case 2: sensor theoretical ready for operation for time> 20.0 sensor sufficient heated up if exhaust temperature>= 700° C for time> 10.0 Sec heater power>= 50.00% for time> 10.0 Sec general: dew point exceeded lambda set value> 0, 995 | 5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0139 | O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | O2S signal rear during fuel cut off> 160 mV O2S signal rear < 624 O2S signal rear > 624 | Modeled exhaust gas temp. >350° C O2S rear, ready > 4 Sec fuel cut-off, > 4 Sec O2S rear readiness > 60 Sec O2S signal rear > 588 mV mass air flow 25•••150 kg/h O2S rear readiness > 10 Sec modeled exhaust gas temp.> 350° mass air flow 25...150 kg/h O2S rear readiness > 10 Sec modeled exhaust gas temp.> 350° O2S signal rear > 588 mV fuel cut-off, > 4 Sec | 5 Sec 100 Sec 100 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P013A | Oxygen Sensors rear (binary LSF) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S (in Center Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), Bank 1 -G287-. OXYGEN SENSOR 3 BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | EWMA filtered max differential transient time at fuel cut off>= 0.7 Sec AND number of checks>= 3.00 (initial phase and step function) | Time after last fuel cut off>= 20.0 Sec O2S rear ready exhaust temperature at sensor>= 340° C deviation between expected and measured front O2-sensor lambda signal < 6.00 after time since fuel cut off at first cylinder>= 1.5 oscillation check ready exhaust mass flow> 8.00 kg/h exhaust mass flow dynamic within range-250.00...150.00kg/h sensor voltage at start of measurement> 0.52 V time of fuel cut off<= 90 Sec | 10 Sec | Multiple 1DCY |
| P0140 | O2 Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, 0.40..0.50 V internal resistance > 40000 Kohms difference of sensor voltage with load pulse and voltage without load pulse (mean value of 3 measurements)>= 2.80V exhaust temperature> 600° C | Case 1: sensor ready for operation sensor voltage<= 0.40 V OR sensor voltage 0.50...1.26 V case 2: sensor theoretical ready for operation for time> 20.0 sensor sufficient heated up if exhaust temperature>= 700° C for time> 10.0 Sec heater power>= 50.00% for time> 10.0 Sec general: dew point exceeded lambda set value> 0, 995 | 30 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0141 | O2 Heater Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 2) out of range | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z29-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S 1 HEATER BEFORE CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Heater resistance, > 702...5250 ohms | Modeled exhaust gas temp, 250-650° C engine shut-off-time> 60.0 (during ECM keep alive-time after ignition off)< 60...300 Sec number of checks 10.00 fuel cut-off not active heater commanded on | 15 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0142 | O2 circuit Bank 1 Sensor 3 heater check | Check the Oxygen Sensor 02S) 3 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater -Z64-. | Delta voltage one step at heater switching, > 2.0 V number of checks, 10 | Modeled exhaust gas temp. 200-800° C dew point exceeded and lower exhaust gas temp.limit exceeded for 60 Sec | 10 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0143 | O2 circuit Bank 1 Sensor 3 Short to ground | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S (in Center Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), Bank 1 -G287-. OXYGEN SENSOR 3 BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | Signal voltage< 0.06V difference of sensor voltage with load pulse and voltage without load pulse (mean value of 3 measurements)< 0.01 | Case 1: sensor ready for operation sensor voltage<= 0.40 V OR sensor voltage 0.50...1.26 V case 2: sensor theoretical ready for operation for time> 20.0 sensor sufficient heated up if exhaust temperature>= 700° C for time> 10.0 Sec heater power>= 50.00% for time> 10.0 Sec general: dew point exceeded fuel cut off not active catalyst purge not active | 3.0 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0144 | O2 circuit Bank 1 Sensor 3 Short to Batt. + | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S (in Center Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), Bank 1 -G287-. OXYGEN SENSOR 3 BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | Signal voltage > 1.26 V. for time> 5.0 Sec | Case 1: sensor ready for operation sensor voltage<= 0.40 V OR sensor voltage 0.50...1.26 V case 2: sensor theoretical ready for operation for time> 20.0 sensor sufficient heated up if exhaust temperature>= 700° C for time> 10.0 Sec heater power>= 50.00% for time> 10.0 Sec general: dew point exceeded lambda set value> 0.995 | 30.0 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0145 | O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | EWMA filtered transient time at fuel cut-off, > 0.4 Sec in voltage range, 401.4...201.2 mV number of checks (initial phase), >3 number of checks (step function), >3 | Rich voltage, >=547.9 mV lean voltage <=152.3 mV OR Max O2 mass flow (disable), >=6000 mg O2S rear, ready fuel cut-off, active front O2 sensor, lambda signal, >2.00 modeled exhaust gas temp. >400° C exhaust gas mass flow, >25.0 kg/h rear O2 sensor internal resistance, <=131 Kohms or resistance measurement, ready front O2 sensor, sensor cross change, no fault rear O2 sensor heater, wires and oscillating check, no fault purge valve, no fault trigger for step change, delta transient time, READ ERROR | 4.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0146 | O2 circuit Bank 1 Sensor 3 Open circuit | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S (in Center Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), Bank 1 -G287-. OXYGEN SENSOR 3 BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | Signal voltage, 0.40...0.50 V for time> 3.0 Sec difference of sensor voltage with load pulse and voltage without load pulse (mean value of 3 measurements)>= 2.80V internal resistance, > 40 Kohms exhaust temperature> 600° C | Case 1: sensor ready for operation sensor voltage<= 0.40 V OR sensor voltage 0.50...1.26 V case 2: sensor theoretical ready for operation for time> 20.0 sensor sufficient heated up if exhaust temperature>= 700° C for time> 10.0 Sec heater power>= 50.00% for time> 10.0 Sec general: dew point exceeded valid Ri-measurements> 10times | 200 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0147 | O2 circuit Bank 1 Sensor 3 heater check | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S (in Center Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), Bank 1 -G287 -. OXYGEN SENSOR 3 BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | Heater resistance 1056...11656 ohms | Modeled exhaust gas temp, 250-650.1° C Engine shutoff time, > 300 Sec. fuel cut-off not active heater commanded on | 15 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0169 | Incorrect Fuel Composition | Quality of fuel is suspect. Higher than allowed levels of alcohol may be present. | Cylinder individual interventions on injection path incorrect injection cut off incorrect comparison with fuel quantity incorrect internal check failed correction factor incorrect fuel quantity incorrect ABS. difference between predicted and real air mass> 8.30% | Internal engine speed> 1200 rpm internal engine speed> 1200 rpm internal engine speed> 1200 rpm --- internal engine speed> 1200 rpm | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0171 | System Too Lean (Bank 1) | Check the fuel pressure --. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the intake system for leaks (false air).-- Check the vacuum lines for leaks | Adaptive value > 6.0 only | Engine speed, < 1200 RPM Engine load, 9.0...45% mass air flow, < 26 kg/h ECT, >60.0° C lambda control, closed loop evap purge valve, closed | 50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0172 | System Too Rich (Bank 1) | Check the fuel pressure --. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the intake system for leaks (false air).-- Check the vacuum lines for leaks | Adaptive value < 6.0 only | Engine speed, < 1200 RPM Engine load, 9.0...45% mass air flow, < 26 kg/h ECT, >60.0° C lambda control, closed loop evap purge valve, closed | 50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0190 | Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor A Circuit | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage > 4.80 V | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0191 | Fuel Rail Control Valve, high pressure side | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Actual pressure > 20.60 mPa | Ignition on | 0.5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0192 | Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor A Circuit Low Input | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 0.20 V | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0201 | Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 1 | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Low side signal current < 2.10 A monitoring booster-time internal logic failure | Engine speed, > 80 RPM injection valve switched on | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0202 | Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 2 | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Low side signal current < 2.10 A monitoring booster-time internal logic failure | Engine speed, > 80 RPM injection valve switched on | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0203 | Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 3 | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Low side signal current < 2.10 A monitoring booster-time internal logic failure | Engine speed, > 80 RPM injection valve switched on | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0204 | Injector Circuit / Open - Cylinder 4 | Check the fuel injectors -N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Low side signal current < 2.10 A monitoring booster-time internal logic failure | Engine speed, > 80 RPM injection valve switched on | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0221 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | TPS 1-TPS 2, > 6.30% AND actual TPS 1 - calc value, >actual TPS2 -calc. value OR TPS 1- calc. value, > 9.00% | Engine speed > 480 RPM | 0.3 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0222 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit Low Input | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 0.20 V | 0.1 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY | |
| P0223 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch B Circuit High Input | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, > 4.81 V | 0.1 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY | |
| P0234 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Overboost Condition Rationality check high | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; 21; Charge Air System | Diff. set value boost pressure vs. actual boost pressure value> 200 ••• 1275 hPa | Altitude< 2700 m | 1.5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0236 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor A Plausibility check Pressure Sensor in front of Throttle. | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; 21; Charge Air System | Diff. boost pressure signal vs altitude sensor signal, >262.97 hPa diff. boost pressure signal vs altitude sensor signal, <162.97 hPa diff. pressure in front of throttle to average value of all pressure sensors @ start< -60.00 hPa diff. pressure in front of throttle to average value of all pressure sensors @ start> 60.00 hPa | Engine s speed, <1000 RPM throttle position, <11.50% engine s speed, <1000 RPM throttle position, <11.50% engine shut-off-time> 5.0 Sec engine speed< 330 RPM | 2 Sec 0 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY once 2 DCY |
| P0237 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor A Circuit Low | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; 21; Charge Air System | Signal voltage, < 0.20 V | Engine speed> 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0238 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Boost Sensor A Circuit High | Check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-. Refer to CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; 21; Charge Air System | Signal voltage, > 4.88 V | Engine speed> 80 RPM throttle position< 11.5% | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0243 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid A | Check the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75-. Refer to WASTEGATE BYPASS REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, > 4.40...5.60 V | Charge pressure control valve, commanded off Engine speed, > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0245 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid A Low | Check the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75-. Refer to WASTEGATE BYPASS REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, < 2.15...3.25 V | Charge pressure control valve, commanded off Engine speed, > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0246 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Wastegate Solenoid A High | Check the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75-. Refer to WASTEGATE BYPASS REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING . | Signal current, > 2.20...4.0 A | Charge pressure control valve, commanded on Engine speed, > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0261 | Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit Low | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current < 2.10 A | Engine speed, > 80 RPM High side signal current, > 4.20 A | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0262 | Cylinder 1 Injector Circuit High | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current > 14.70 A | Engine speed, > 80 RPM injection valve switched on | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0264 | Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit Low | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current < 2.10 A | Engine speed, > 80 RPM High side signal current, > 4.20 A | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0265 | Cylinder 2 Injector Circuit High | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current > 14.70 A | Engine speed, > 80 RPM injection valve switched on | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0267 | Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit Low | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current < 2.10 A | Engine speed, > 80 RPM High side signal current, > 4.20 A | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0268 | Cylinder 3 Injector Circuit High | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current > 14.70 A | Engine speed, > 80 RPM injection valve switched on | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0270 | Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit Low | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Low side signal current < 2.10 A | Engine speed, > 80 RPM High side signal current, > 4.20 A | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0271 | Cylinder 4 Injector Circuit High | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Signal current > 14.70 A | Engine speed, > 80 RPM injection valve switched on | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0299 | Turbocharger/Supercharger Underboost Rationality check low | Check the charge air system for proper seal. Refer to Engine Mechanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition | Diff. set value boost pressure vs actual boost pressure value, > 150.00 hPa | Engine speed, < 2200-2920 RPM altitude< 2700 m diff. set value boost pressure vs. basic boost pressure value> 200.00 hPa boost pressure control active turbo charger bypass valve closed | 1.0 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
Ignition system
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0300 | Random Misfire Detected | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Emission threshold 1st interval % MR > 1.9% catalyst damage misfire rate (MR) > 4.76... 20% | ECT at start, > 11° C Fuel cutoff, Not active rough road not detected | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY continuous |
| P0301 | Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Emission threshold 1st interval % MR >1.9% catalyst damage misfire rate (MR) > 4.76... 20% | ECT at start, > 11° C Fuel cutoff, Not active rough road not detected | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY continuous |
| P0302 | Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Emission threshold 1st interval % MR > 1.9% catalyst damage misfire rate (MR) > 4.76... 20% | ECT at start, > 11° C Fuel cutoff, Not active rough road not detected | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY continuous |
| P0303 | Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Emission threshold 1st interval % MR > 1.9% catalyst damage misfire rate (MR) > 4.76... 20% | ECT at start, > 11° C Fuel cutoff, Not active rough road not detected | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY continuous |
| P0304 | Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected | Check the Spark plugs.-- Check the intake system for leaks.-- Check the fuel pressure. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST .-- Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING .-- Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Emission threshold 1st interval % MR >1.9% catalyst damage misfire rate (MR) > 4.76... 20% | ECT at start, > 11° C Fuel cutoff, Not active rough road not detected | 1000 Rev. 200 Rev. | 2 DCY continuous |
| P0321 | Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28-. Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING . | Counted teeth versus reference, incorrect > 1 OR monitoring reference gap failure | 1.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0102 | Ignition/Distributor Engine Speed Input Circuit No Signal | Check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28-. Refer to ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING . | Camshaft signals> 3.00 engine speed no signal 0 | 2.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0324 | Knock Control System Error | Check the Knock Sensors -G61, G66-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING | Signal fault counter (combustion)> 24.00 OR signal fault counter (measuring window)> 2.00 | Engine speed > 2500 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0327 | Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input (Bank 1) Short to ground, Port B | Check the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING | Lower threshold, < 0.70 V | Engine speed, > 1000 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0327 | Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Short to ground, Port A | Check the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING | Lower threshold, < 0.70 V | Engine speed, > 1000 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0327 | Knock Sensor 1 Circuit signal range check | Check the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING | Lower threshold, < 0...3.1 V | Engine speed> 2000 RPM ECT> 41° C engine load > 48 ••• 60% | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0328 | Knock Sensor 1 Circuit signal range check | Check the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING | Upper threshold > 37.5 ••• 165 V | Engine speed> 2000 RPM ECT> 41° C engine load > 48 ••• 60% | 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY 0 |
| P0328 | Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input (Bank 1) Short to ground, Port B | Check the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING | Upper threshold upper threshold> 1.0 V | Engine speed, > 1000 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0328 | Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low Input (Bank 1) Short to ground, Port A | Check the Knock Sensor -G61-. Refer to KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING | Upper threshold upper threshold> 1.0 V | Engine speed, > 1000 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0332 | Knock Sensor 2 Circuit | Check the Knock Sensor 2 -G66-. | Lower threshold 0.05.. 0.38 V | Engine speed, > 2400 RPM ECT> 40.5° C engine load> 30 % | 2.5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0333 | Knock Sensor 2 Circuit | Check the Knock Sensor 2 -G66-. | Upper threshold 4.5.. 30.0 V | Engine speed, > 2400 RPM ECT> 40.5° C engine load> 30 % | 2.5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0340 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit (Bank 1 or single sensor) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Cam adaption values out of range > 20 ° KW < -20 ° KW Difference of adapted and actual values >9° KW | Engine speed sensor, No DTC Phase sensor, No DTC Cam adaptation, Active Engine speed sensor, No DTC Phase sensor, No DTC Camshaft adjustment, No DTC Engine start, Completed Cam adaptation, Completed Camshaft in ref pos. for >2 sec. | 2 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P0341 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1 or single sensor) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal pattern, incorrect, defect counter 12.00 | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0342 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit Low Input (Bank 1 or single sensor) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage low and 8 crankshaft revs | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0343 | Camshaft Position Sensor A Circuit High Input (Bank 1 or single sensor) | Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage high and 8 crankshaft revs | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0351 | Ignition Coil A Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal current, 0.25...2.0 A | Engine speed, > 680 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0352 | Ignition Coil B Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N127-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal current, 0.25...2.0 A | Engine speed, > 680 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0353 | Ignition Coil C Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N291-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal current, 0.25...2.0 A | Engine speed, > 680 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0354 | Ignition Coil D Primary/Secondary Circuit | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N292-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal current, 0.25...2.0 A | Engine speed, > 680 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
Additional exhaust regulation
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0410 | System check after SAI PZEV only | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | Deviation SAI pressure, >20.0 hPa | Mass air flow, 7...150 kg/h Delta engine load, -10...10% rev ECT, 5...39.8° C IAT, 5...40° C altitude, <2700 m SAI pressure sensor, ready no fault. | 10 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0413 | Open circuit PZEV only | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | Signal voltage, 9.25...11.25 V | Air valve, commanded off engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0414 | Short to ground PZEV only | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | Signal voltage <6.00 V | Air valve, commanded off engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0415 | Short to B+ PZEV only | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | Signal current 2.20...4.20 A | Air valve, commanded on engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0418 | Air pump relay. Open circuit. PZEV only | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | Signal voltage 4.50...5.50 V | Pump relay commanded off engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0420 | Catalyst System (front) Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Measured OSC / OSC of borderline catalyst measured OSC< 1.00 (HC and Nox-correlated) EWMA filter value for catalyst < 1.00 | Engine start temp. >-10° C time after engine start > 70 Sec time after dew point > 70 Sec Delta exhaust mass airflow, lower range < 45 kg/h exhaust gas mass flow, lower range 18•••80.0 kg/h exhaust mass airflow, upper range 60...165 kg/h EVAP purge flow <25% modeled exhaust gas temp. in catalyst system, lower range 430...630° C mass air flow 23...85 kg/h modeled catalyst temp > 350° C modeled exhaust gas temp. dynamic< 33.0K engine load 15.8...115.5% modeled exhaust gas temp. in catalyst system, upper range 560...750° C minimum modeled exhaust gas temp. in catalyst system> 350° C engine speed 1200...4000 RPM for time >120 Sec range between lambda set value and lambda value < 0.03 out of lambda range< 2.0 Sec lambda control closed loop lambda control not at min or max limit number of checks, no step change suspicion 1 number of checks, step change suspicion 6.00 O2S front ready O2S rear ready no misfire O2S front response monitoring in current driving cycle ready | 66 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0420 | Catalyst System (main) Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1) PZEV only | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Measured OSC / OSC of borderline catalyst value for main catalyst, < 0.90 WHILE value for front catalyst, < 2.00 | Time after engine start, > 80 Sec. Delta exhaust mass airflow, < 30.0 kg/h exhaust gas mass flow, lower range, 25.0...80.0 kg/h exhaust gas mass flow, upper range, 60.0...160.0 kg/h modeled exhaust gas temp. in catalyst system, lower range, 435...660° C modeled exhaust gas temp in catalyst system, upper range, 530...740° C Engine speed, 1200-3520 RPM number of checks, 4 O2S front, ready no fault O2S rear, ready no fault SAS not active no misfire | 50 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0420 | Catalyst System (only bin 5, ULEV) Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1) | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING .-- Check the Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC). Refer to CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Measured OSC / OSC of borderline catalyst. EWMA filter value for catalyst, <.20 | Time after engine start, > 400 Sec. Delta exhaust mass airflow, < 30.0 kg/h exhaust gas mass flow, lower range, 25.0...80.0 kg/h exhaust gas mass flow, upper range, 60.0...130.0 kg/h modeled exhaust gas temp. in catalyst system, lower range, 460...600° C modeled exhaust gas temp in catalyst system, upper range, 500...680° C Engine speed, 1200-3520 RPM number of checks, 4 O2S front, ready no fault O2S rear, ready no fault SAS not active no misfire | 50 Sec | Once/DCY 1 DCY |
| P0441 | Evaporative Emission System Incorrect Purge Flow | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | Deviation < 2...7% lambda controller AND < 30% idle controller deviation | Lambda control closed loop integrated air mass, 3.2...6.5 kg Engine speed, idle Engine speed Deviation, <100 RPM evap purge flow integral> 50...120 g selected gear, any ECT > 60° C or substitute ECT > 60° C IAT, >4° C Altitude, <2700 m IAT @ engine start > 3.8° C | 16.9 Sec | Once/ DCY 2 DCY |
| P0442 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (Small Leak) | Check the EVAP System, for Leaks. Refer to EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | Time for pressure drop < 1.6...1.8 Sec. | Time after engine start 5.5...65530 Sec. ECT, 4...120° C ECT at start, 4...50° C ambient pressure >743.5 hPa air temp 4...59° C Altitude, < 2700 m Evap purge valve closed LDP, Activated vehicle speed ones> 25 selected gear any drive IAT drop after engine start, < 7.5° C Deep Down Hill Driving delta ambient pressure< 2.50 hPa engine load NOT <(21.0)% delta vehicle speed NOT > 93 MPH | 159.9 Sec | Once/ DCY 2 DCY |
| P0444 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Open | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage> 4.7... 5.4 V | EVAP purge valve, Commanded off Engine speed, > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0455 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (gross leak/no flow) | Check the EVAP System, for Leaks. Refer to EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | Time for pressure drop < 1.0 Sec. | Time after engine start 5...65530 Sec. ECT, 4...120° C ECT at start, 4...50° C air temperature 4...59° C ambient air temp drop after engine start, < 12 K vehicle speed ones> 25 mph Altitude, < 2700 m Evap purge valve closed LDP, Activated Delta ambient pressure, < 2.50 hPa engine load NOT <(21.0)% delta vehicle speed NOT >= 93 mph | 156.7 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P0456 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detected (very small leak) | Check the EVAP System, for Leaks. Refer to EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS .-- Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING .-- Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | < 5.0...6.5 Sec | Time after engine start 5.0...1000 Sec ECT, 4...120° C ECT at start, 4...50° C ambient pressure >743.5 hPa ambient air temp drop after engine start, < 4.5 K vehicle speed 0...93 MPH vehicle speed ones> 25 selected gear any drive Altitude, < 2700 m Evap purge valve closed LDP, Activated Delta ambient pressure, < 300 Pa IAT drop after engine start, < 7.5° C Hill Driving delta ambient pressure -1.5...1.5 hPa engine load NOT <(21.0)% vehicle acceleration< | 3.50 |m/s2 delta vehicle speed NOT > 93 mph | 178 Sec | Once DCY 2 DCY |
| P0458 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Low | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, > 0...3.26V | EVAP purge valve, Commanded off Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0459 | Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit High | Check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-. Refer to EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING . | Signal current, > 2.20 A | EVAP purge valve, Commanded on Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0491 | Secondary Air System Insufficient Flow. flow check during cat. heating. PZEV only | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | SAI pressure measured with SAI pressure sensor vs modeled < 0.6 (0.62) % | Mass air flow, 7...150 kg/h Delta engine load, -10...10% rev ECT, 5...60° C IAT, 5...40° C altitude, <2700 m SAI pressure sensor, ready no fault. | 18.5 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
Speed and idle control
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P0501 | Vehicle Speed Sensor A Range/Performance | Check vehicle speed signal. Refer to SPEED SIGNAL, CHECKING . | VSS signal, < 2 MPH | Fuel cut off active Engine speed, engine speed 1520...4520 RPM ECT> 40° C | 3000 mSec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0501 | Vehicle Speed Sensor A Range/Performance Only ULEV | Check vehicle speed signal. Refer to SPEED SIGNAL, CHECKING . | VSS signal, < 4 km/h | Engine speed, 1520...4520 RPM fuel cut-off, active vehicle speed sensor, no fault | 3 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0503 | Vehicle Speed Sensor A Out of range high | Check vehicle speed signal. Refer to SPEED SIGNAL, CHECKING . | Vehicle speed > 200 km/h | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0506 | Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than Expected | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Engine speed deviation > 80 RPM AND RPM controller torque value>= calculated max. value integrated deviation of engine speed low and integrated deviation of engine speed high> 2000 RPM | External torque request not demanded fuel cut-off not active Vehicle speed, 0 MPH Altitude, < 2700 m ECT, > -11° C IAT, > -10° C engine speed idle engine load, < 16.01...40.99% external torque request not demanded fuel cut-off not active Vehicle speed, 0 MPH Altitude, < 2700 m ECT, > -11° C IAT, > -10° C engine speed idle engine load, < 16.01...40.99% | 4 Sec 3 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0507 | Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than Expected | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Engine speed deviation > 80 RPM AND RPM controller torque value>= calculated min. value | External torque request not demanded fuel cut-off not active Vehicle speed, 0 MPH Altitude, < 2700 m ECT, > -11° C IAT, > -10° C engine speed idle engine load, < 16.01...40.99% | 7 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P050A | Cold Start Monitoring | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Out of range low engine speed deviation> 80 RPM AND RPM controller torque value>= calculated max. value out of range high engine speed deviation< 80 RPM AND RPM controller torque value<= calculated max. value plausibility check integrated deviation of engine speed low and integrated deviation of engine speed high> 2000 RPM | Engine speed idle vehicle speed 0.00 mph altitude< 2700 m ECT @ start> -11° C vehicle speed ready external torque request not demanded commanded idle speed increase for catalyst heating active engine load< 15.00...40.01% | 4 Sec 4 Sec 3 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P050B | Cold Start Idle Air Control System Performance | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Difference between commanded spark timing vs. actual value> 18.00% | Time during catalyst heating> 13.0 Sec commanded spark retard during catalyst heating< 90.0% catalyst heating active idle speed not active vehicle speed>= 3 mph delta engine load<= 49.99% delta engine speed<= 1000 rpm | 0.5 Sec | Once 2 DCY |
| P053F | Fuel Rail Control Valve, high pressure side | Check the Fuel Rail Control Valve FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING | Difference between target pressure vs. actual pressure< -1.50 MPa difference between target pressure vs. actual pressure> 1.50 MPa | Time after engine start> 10.0 Sec fuel cut off not active time after fuel cut off> 10.0 Sec catalyst heating active | 3.5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
Control module and output signals
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P062B | Injection Valves Communication | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Internal logic failure | Engine speed > 80 RPM | 2.2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0601 | Internal Control Module Memory Check Sum Error | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information. | Internal check sum, incorrect | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0604 | Internal Control Module Random Access Memory (RAM) Error | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information. | Write ability check, failed | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0605 | Internal Control Module Read Only Memory (ROM) Error | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information. | Checksum Incorrect | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0606 only Audi TT | ECM Processor | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information. | Power up calibration EEPROM check, failed plausibility check signal gradient> 75.00 hPa signal gradient< 75.00 hPa short to battery / open circuit signal voltage> 4.88 V short to ground signal voltage< 0.20 V out of range high measured ambient pressure> 1150.00 hPa out of range low measured ambient pressure< 450.00 hPa | Engine speed< 330 RPM engine shut-off-time> 5.0 Sec | 2 Sec | Once 2 DCY |
| P0627 | Fuel Pump "A" Control Circuit /Open | Check the fuel pressure --. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE TEST . | Internal error fuel pump control unit Feedback from fuel pump control unit Pump blocked short circuit to battery +, ground or open circuit | Battery voltage, > 9-16 V Engine start, Completed | 15 Sec | No Mil |
| P0638 | Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance - Bank 1 | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Rationality check: Time to close to reference point > 0.6 Sec. AND reference point, 2.88% signal range check: TPS 1 signal voltage NOT (0.40...0.80)V OR TPS 2 signal voltage NOT (4.20...4.60) V | Ignition, on Engine speed, 0 RPM IAT, >5.3° C Vehicle speed, 0 MPH ECT, >5.3° C engine shut-off-time 0.5 Sec number of checks 2.00 Ignition, on Engine speed, 0 RPM IAT, >5...143° C Vehicle speed, 0 MPH ECT, >5.3...114.8° C engine shut-off-time 0.5 Sec number of checks 2.00 | 5 Sec .3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0641 | Sensor Reference Voltage A Circuit/Open | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information. | Signal voltage deviation> +/- 0.3V | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0642 | Sensor Reference Voltage A Circuit Low | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information. | Signal voltage, < 4.6...5 V | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0643 | Sensor Reference Voltage A Circuit High | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information. | 5 V supply voltage > 5...5.4 V | Threshold values depending on internal 5 V rev voltage | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0651 | Sensor Reference Voltage B Circuit/Open | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information. | Signal voltage deviation> +/- 0.3V | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0652 | Sensor Reference Voltage B Circuit Low | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information. | Signal voltage, < 4.6-5 V | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0653 | Sensor Reference Voltage B Circuit High | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information. | 5 V supply voltage > 5...5.4 V | Threshold values depending on internal 5 V rev voltage | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0657 | Actuator Supply Voltage A Circuit / Open | Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY RELAY, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, > 4.40...5.60 V | Relay, commanded off Engine speed, > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0658 | Actuator Supply Voltage A Circuit Low | Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY RELAY, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, < 2.15...3.25 V | Relay, commanded off Engine speed, > 80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0659 | Actuator Supply Voltage "A" Circuit High | Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY RELAY, CHECKING . | Signal current > 1.10 A | Relay, commanded on Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0685 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit/Open | Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY RELAY, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, 2.6-3.7 V Sense circuit voltage, < 6 V | ECM keep alive time main relay, Commanded on (Test pulse) Ignition off | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0686 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit Low | Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY RELAY, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, 2.6-3.7 V Sense circuit voltage, > 6 V | ECM keep alive time main relay, Commanded on (Test pulse) Ignition off | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0687 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Control Circuit High | Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY RELAY, CHECKING . | Signal current, >1.4-0.7 A Sense circuit voltage, < 6 V | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P0688 | ECM/PCM Power Relay Sense Circuit | Check the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to ENGINE CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY RELAY, CHECKING . | Sense voltage, < 3.0 V Sense voltage, > 3.0 V | Main relay, commanded on Main relay, commanded off | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0697 | Sensor Reference Voltage C Circuit / Open | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information. | Signal voltage deviation> +/- 0.3V | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P0698 | Sensor Reference Voltage C Circuit Low | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.. | Signal voltage, < 4.6...5 V | Threshold values dep. on internal 5 V rev voltage | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0699 | Sensor Reference Voltage C Circuit High | Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information. | 5 V supply voltage > 5...5.4 V | Threshold values dep. on internal 5 V rev voltage | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
Fuel and Air ratios, control module
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P1114 | Internal resistance too large (Bank 1, sensor 2) | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | Heater resistance, (128-648)*(8-40)1.02-25.9 k ohms (dep. on mod. exhaust temp. and heater power) | Battery voltage, 10.7-16.1 V Modeled exhaust gas temp, 300-600° C Engine shutoff time, 300 Sec. IAT, > 6.75° C | 15 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P12A1 | Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Inappropriately Low | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Pressure control activity, > 0.20 mPa AND fuel trim activity, < 0.80 | Engine speed 1000...2000 RPM evap purge adaptation < 22 kg/m ECT>= 63° C lambda control closed loop fuel cut off not active | 5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P12A2 | Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Inappropriately High | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Pressure control activity, < 0.15 mPa AND fuel trim activity, > 1.65 | Engine speed > 600 RPM evap purge adaptation < 22.00 lambda control closed loop ECT > 60° C fuel cut off not active | 5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P12A4 | Fuel Rail Pump Control Valve Stuck Closed | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Pressure control activity, < 7.5 mPa AND fuel trim activity, > 9.3...1.15 AND difference between target pressure vs. actual pressure, -< 16.38 mPa | Engine speed > 600 RPM engine load > 60% evap purge flow < 22 kg/h ECT >= 60° C lambda control closed loop fuel cut off not active | 5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P13EA | Ignition timing monitor | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Difference between commanded spark timing vs. actual value > 22% | Time during catalyst heating> 13.0 Sec commanded spark retard during catalyst heating< 90.0% catalyst heating active idle speed not active vehicle speed>= 3 mph delta engine load<= 49.99% delta engine speed<= 1000 rpm | 0.5 Sec | Once 2 DCY |
| P150A | Engine-Off-Time | Check ALL power and grounds to the ECM. The ECM must have a power supply when the key is off to run the timer and system checks. If OK, replace the ECM. | Difference between engine-off-time and ECM after-run time< -12.0 Sec difference between engine-off-time and ECM after-run time> 12.0 Sec | Key-on after ECM after-run time active CAN active | 6 Sec | Once 2 DCY |
Fuel and air mixture, additional emissions regulations
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P2004 | Intake Manifold Runner Control Stuck Open Bank 1 | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Normal closed position, unable to reach Signal voltage, < 2.62 or > 4.65 V or Normal open position, unable to reach signal voltage, < 0.35 or > 2.38 V | Ignition, Off Runner flaps, Commanded closed Position sensor, No DTC Actuator, No DTC Ignition, Off Position sensor, No DTC Actuator, No DTC | 25 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P2008 | Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit/Open Bank 1 | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage 4.7 ••• 5.4 V ECM power stage failure | Tumble flap, commanded off engine speed >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2009 | Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit/Shorted Bank 1 | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage 0...3.26 V | Tumble flap, commanded off engine speed >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2010 | Intake Manifold Runner Control Circuit/Shorted to B+ Bank 1 | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal current > 2.20 A | Tumble flap, commanded on engine speed >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2014 | Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Bank 1 | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, > 4.75 V | 0.3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2015 | Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Range/Performance Bank 1 | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Difference between target position vs. actual position> 25.00 % AND actual position 0...100% difference between target position vs. actual position> 25.00 % AND actual position 0...100% difference between target position vs. actual position> 25.00% actual position NOT (0...100)% | Flap commanded on adaptation ready flap off adaptation ready adaptation ready | 1.5 sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2016 | Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor/Switch Circuit Low (Bank 1) | Check the Intake Flap Motor -V157- /Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, < 0.25V | 0.3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2088 | A Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit Low Bank 1 short to ground | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage, <0.0...3.25 V | Camshaft valve off Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2089 | A Camshaft Position Actuator Control Circuit High Bank 1 short to B+ | Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE, CHECKING . | Signal current, > 2.20 A | Camshaft valve on Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2096 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean Bank 1 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | I-portion of 2nd lambda control loop < -0.030 | Modeled exhaust gas temp. 450 ••• 850° C exhaust gas mass flow 18 ••• 300 kg/h lambda control, closed loop 2nd lambda control closed loop O2S rear, ready, no fault O2S front, ready, no fault exhaust gas mass flow 18 ••• 300 kgh O2S heater front active O2S heater rear active modeled exhaust gas temp. 450...850° C fuel cut off not active catalyst heating not active AIR not active Case 1: 1st lambda control loop not at min or max limit 2nd lambda control loop active Case 2: 1st lambda control loop at min limit O2S front < 1.0 O2S rear voltage < 0.4V Case 3: 1st lambda control loop at max limit O2S front> 1.0 O2S rear voltage> 0.6V | 272 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2097 | Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich Bank 1 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING .-- Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING . | I-portion of 2nd lambda control loop > -0.030 | Lambda control, closed loop O2S rear, ready, no fault O2S front, ready, no fault exhaust gas mass flow 18 ••• 300 kgh O2S heater front active O2S heater rear active modeled exhaust gas temp. 450...850° C fuel cut off not active catalyst heating not active AIR not active | 272 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
Fuel and air ratio
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P2101 | Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Duty cycle > 80% ECM power stage no failure | 5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY | |
| P2101 | Rationality check | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Deviation throttle value angles vs. calculated value > 4.00...50.00% | 0.5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY | |
| P2106 | Throttle Actuator Control System - short to B+ or ground | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Internal check failed | 0.5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY | |
| P2106 | Throttle Actuator Control System Functional check | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Internal check failed | Duty cycle> 80% deviation throttle value angles vs. calculated value> 4.00...50.00% | 0.5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2106 | Temperature / current monitoring | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Internal check failed | 0.5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY | |
| P2106 | Functional check | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Internal check failed | 0.5 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY | |
| P2110 | Throttle Actuator Control System - Forced Limited RPM | Check the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338-. Refer to THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING . | Engine load Out of range | 2 DCY | ||
| P2122 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D Circuit Low Input | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 0.61 V | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2123 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D Circuit High Input | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage > 4.79 V | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2127 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch E Circuit Low Input | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 0.27 V | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2128 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch E Circuit High Input | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage > 2.43 V | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2138 | Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch D / E Voltage Correlation | Check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING . | Signal voltage sensor 1 vs 2, 0.17...0.70 V | Signal voltage sensor 1> 445 mV signal voltage sensor 2> 445 mV | 0.24 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2146 | Fuel Injector Group A Supply Voltage Circuit / short to ground | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Short to ground (high side) signal current> 14.90 A short to battery plus (high side) signal current< 2.60 A core connection (high side - low side) signal current< 2.60 A | Engine speed >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2149 | Fuel Injector Group B Supply Voltage Circuit / Short to ground | Check the Fuel injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33-. Refer to FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING . | Short to ground (high side) signal current> 14.90 A short to battery plus (high side) signal current< 2.60A core connection (high side - low side) signal current< 2.60A | Engine speed >80 RPM Engine speed >80 RPM low side signal current> 2.70 A Engine speed >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2177 | Fuel System | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Adaptive value > 26.00% | Number of injection after engine start> 1500 engine speed 1240...5000 RPM engine load 26.2...139.6% ECT> 60° C ratio manifold pressure to ambient pressure> 0.20 OR valve overlap< 20.00° CRK lambda control closed loop evap purge valve closed high PCV purge load due to oil dilution not detected | 10 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2178 | Fuel System | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Adaptive value < 26.00% | Number of injection after engine start> 1500 engine speed 1240...5000 RPM engine load 26.2...139.6% ECT> 60° C ratio manifold pressure to ambient pressure> 0.20 OR valve overlap< 20.00° CRK lambda control closed loop evap purge valve closed high PCV purge load due to oil dilution not detected | 10 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2181 | Cooling System Performance | Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING .-- Check the Coolant Pump -V50- Refer to the appropriate service information.-- Check the Coolant Thermostat. Refer to the appropriate service information.. | Cooling system temperature to low after a sufficient air mass flow integral< 74...84° C | Begin of air mass integration when engine temp. 30° C ECT at start, lower threshold, -7° C ECT at start, upper threshold, -64° C AAT -7.0...3004° C integrated air mass > 6.85 ••• 29.5 kg delta ambient pressure, <1.7 kPa at time of fault decision: average mass air flow lower threshold >= 25.6 ••• 96 kg/h average mass air flow upper threshold >= 48.4...164.8 kg/h average vehicle speed (lower threshold) 21...23 MPH average vehicle speed (upper threshold) 75 MPH fuel cut off not active | < 128y 0 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P2184 | Fan Control Coolant Temperature Sensor | ECT outlet> 141° C | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | ||
| P2185 | Fan Control Coolant Temperature Sensor | ECT outlet< -43° C | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | ||
| P2187 | Fuel System | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Adaptive value > 6.00% | Number of injection after engine start> 1500 engine speed< 560 ••• 960 RPM engine load< 5.9 ••• 22.4% mass air flow (n.a. for Audi TT)< 5...23 kg/h ECT> 60° C ratio manifold pressure to ambient pressure> 0.20 OR valve overlap< 20.00° CRK delta part load adaptation ready lambda control closed loop evap purge valve closed high PCV purge load due to oil dilution not detected | 10 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2188 | Fuel System | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Adaptive value < 6.00% | Number of injection after engine start> 1500 engine speed< 560 ••• 960 RPM engine load< 5.9 ••• 22.4% mass air flow (n.a. for Audi TT)< 5...23 kg/h ECT> 60° C ratio manifold pressure to ambient pressure> 0.20 OR valve overlap< 20.00° CRK delta part load adaptation ready lambda control closed loop evap purge valve closed high PCV purge load due to oil dilution not detected | 10 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2195 | O2 Sensor Signal Biased/Stuck Lean - Bank 1, Sensor 1 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Delta lambda of 2nd lambda control loop> 0.070 | Modeled exhaust gas temp.450 ••• 850° C exhaust gas mass flow18 ••• 300 kg/h lambda control, closed loop 2nd lambda control closed loop O2S rear, ready, no fault O2S front, ready, no fault exhaust gas mass flow18 ••• 300 kgh O2S heater front active O2S heater rear active modeled exhaust gas temp. 450...850° C fuel cut off not active catalyst heating not active AIR not active Case 1: 1st lambda control loop not at min or max limit 2nd lambda control loop active Case 2: 1st lambda control loop at min limit O2S front< 1.0 O2S rear voltage< 0.4V Case 3: 1st lambda control loop at max limit O2S front> 1.0 O2S rear voltage> 0.6V | 272 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2196 | O2 Sensor Signal Biased/Stuck Rich - Bank 1, Sensor 1 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Delta lambda of 2nd lambda control loop< 0.070 | Modeled exhaust gas temp.450 ••• 850° C exhaust gas mass flow18 ••• 300 kg/h lambda control, closed loop 2nd lambda control closed loop O2S rear, ready, no fault O2S front, ready, no fault exhaust gas mass flow18 ••• 300 kgh O2S heater front active O2S heater rear active modeled exhaust gas temp. 450...850° C fuel cut off not active catalyst heating not active AIR not active Case 1: 1st lambda control loop not at min or max limit 2nd lambda control loop active Case 2: 1st lambda control loopat min limit O2S front < 1.0 O2S rear voltage < 0.4V Case 3: 1st lambda control loop at max limit O2S front> 1.0 O2S rear voltage> 0.6V | 272 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2231 | O2 Sensor Signal Circuit Shorted to Heater Circuit | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19-. Refer to OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING . | Delta O2S signal front, >190 uA | Engine speed, < 2700 RPM heater control active heater duty cycle, 20.0...80.0% exhaust gas temp, < 800° C lambda control closed loop lambda, 0.95...1.05 | 20 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2237 | O2 Sensor Positive Current Control Circuit / Open - Bank 1, Sensor 1 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | O2S signal front O2S signal front 1.49... 1.51 V | O2S ceramic temp, >715° C Lambda control, Closed loop lambda modulation> 0.00 heater control closed loop | 8 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0442 | O2 Sensor Reference Voltage Circuit / Open - Bank 1, Sensor 1 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | O2S signal front > 3.25 V and Internal resistance > 1000 ohms | Heater control, active sec. | 20 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P0567 | Air pump relay. short to grand. PZEV only | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | Signal voltage < 3.00 V | Pump relay commanded off engine speed >80 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P0568 | Air pump relay. sort to B+. PZEV only | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | Signal current 0.60...1.20 A | Pump relay commanded on engine speed >80 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2270 | O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Sensor 3 | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S (in Center Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), Bank 1 -G287-. OXYGEN SENSOR 3 BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | Rationality check, O2S signal rear, <0.63 V. enrichment after stuck lean 27.88% | Mass air flow, 18...150 kg/h O2S rear readiness,>10 Sec modeled exhaust gas temp. >350° C 2nd lambda control closed loop | 95 Sec | Once 2 DCY |
| P2271 | O2 Circuit (Bank 1, Sensor 3 | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S (in Center Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), Bank 1 -G287-. OXYGEN SENSOR 3 BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | Sensor voltage of>= 0.18 V after oxygen mass flow (after fuel cut off)> 3500 ••• 6000 mg number of checks>= 1.0 | Time after last fuel cut off>= 20.0 Sec O2S rear ready exhaust temperature at sensor>= 340° C deviation between expected and measured front O2-sensor lambda signal < 6.00 after time since fuel cut off at first cylinder>= 1.5 oscillation check ready exhaust mass flow> 8.00 kg/h exhaust mass flow dynamic within range-250.00...150.00kg/h sensor voltage at start of measurement> 0.52 V time of fuel cut off<= 90 Sec | 10 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2274 | O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Sensor 3 | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S (in Center Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), Bank 1 -G287-. OXYGEN SENSOR 3 BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | Rationality check, O2S signal rear, <0.620...0.654 mV | Mass air flow, >25 kg/h O2S rear readiness, >10 Sec modeled exhaust gas temp. >350° C | 100 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P2275 | O2 Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1, Sensor 3 | Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S (in Center Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC), Bank 1 -G287-. OXYGEN SENSOR 3 BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING | Measurement range from fuel cut-off to voltage threshold, <=152.3 mV number of checks (initial phase), >=1 ULEV O2S signal rear,> 0.620...0.654 mV | Rich voltage, >=547.9 mV lean voltage <=152.3 mV OR Max O2 mass flow (disable), >=5500 mg O2S rear, ready fuel cut-off, active front O2 sensor, lambda signal, >10.00 modeled exhaust gas temp. >400° C exhaust gas mass flow, >25.0 kg/h rear O2 sensor internal resistance, <=131 Kohms (4.6Kohms for SULEV) or resistance measurement, ready front O2 sensor, sensor cross change, no fault rear O2 sensor heater, wires and oscillating check, no fault purge valve, no fault ULEV mass air flow, >25 kg/h O2S rear readiness, >10 Sec modeled exhaust gas temp. > 350° C fuel cut-off > 3 Sec | 0.5 Sec 100 Sec | 2 DCY 2 DCY |
| P2279 | Intake air system leak | Check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- Refer to INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING | Threshold to detect a defective system >1.33 AND ratio of the tie system defective during the measurement window to the whole duration of the measurement window >0.60 offset value throttle mass flow> 7.50 kg/h and correction factor> 0.97 | Time after engine start >60.0 Sec engine load < 40.1% mass air flow < 6553.50 kg/h ECT > 50° C IAT <99.80° C lambda control value > 5% lambda set value 0.95...1.05 vehicle speed < 1.0 MPH lambda control active engine speed idle altitude <2700 m purge valve closed number of checks 3 desired mass flow 2.00...22.00 kg/h ECT -48.0•••143.3° C ambient pressure > 728 hPa evap purge valve closed EGR off | 20 Sec 2.0 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2293 | Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Performance | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Difference between target pressure vs. actual pressure, < 2 mPa difference between target pressure vs. actual pressure> 2 mPa | Time after engine start, > 10.0 Sec time after fuel cut off > 2 Sec time after engine start, > 10.0 Sec fuel cut off not active | For Audi TT: 4 Sec 3 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2294 | Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Control Circuit open circuit | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage 1.4... 3.20 V | Fuel control valve commanded off Fuel pump, Commanded on | 0.6 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2294 | Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Control Circuit Rationality check | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal pattern incorrect | Fuel control valve commanded off | 0.6 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| P2295 | Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Control Circuit Low short to ground | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 1.4... 3.20 V | Fuel control valve, commanded off | 0.6 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2296 | Fuel Pressure Regulator 2 Control Circuit High | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage > 3.20 V | Fuel control valve, commanded on | 0.6 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
Ignition System
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P2300 | Ignition Coil A Primary Control Circuit Low | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal current > 24.0 mA V | Engine speed, > 680 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2301 | Ignition Coil A Primary Control Circuit High | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage> 5.1...7.0 V | Engine speed, > 680 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2303 | Ignition Coil B Primary Control Circuit Low | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N127-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage< 0.5.. 1.0 V | Signal current > 24.0 mA V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2304 | Ignition Coil B Primary Control Circuit High | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N127-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage> 5.2...6.0 V | Engine speed, > 680 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2306 | Ignition Coil C Primary Control Circuit Low | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N291-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage< 0.5.. 1.0 V | Signal current > 24.0 mA V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2307 | Ignition Coil C Primary Control Circuit High | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N291-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage> 5.2...6.0 V | Engine speed, > 680 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2309 | Ignition Coil D Primary Control Circuit Low | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N292-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage< 0.5.. 1.0 V | Engine speed, > 680 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2310 | Ignition Coil D Primary Control Circuit High | Check the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N292-. Refer to IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING . | Signal voltage> 5.1...7.0 V | Engine speed, > 680 RPM | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
Additional emission regulations
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P2400 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit/Open | Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | Signal voltage > 4.40... 5.60 V | Pump, Commanded off Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2401 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit Low | Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 2.15-3.25 V | Pump, Commanded off Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2402 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Control Circuit High | Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | Signal current > 3.0 A | Pump, Commanded on Engine speed, >80 RPM | 0.5 Sec | 2 DCY |
| P2403 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Sense Circuit/Open | Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | Low signal voltage > 0.5 Sec | Preceding engine shut-off time> 21600 Sec Time after engine start> 5...65530 Sec. ECT, 4...120° C ECT at start, 4...50° C IAT 4...59° C integrated purge flow> 12 g vehicle speed ones > 25 MPH Altitude, < 2700 m Evap purge valve ready LDP, commanded off selected gear any drive IAT drop after engine start, < 7.5° C | 0.5 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P2404 | Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Sense Range/Performance | Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144-. Refer to LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING . | > 0.36 Sec | Preceding engine shut-off time> 21600 Sec Time after engine start> 5...65530 Sec. ECT, 4...120° C ECT at start, 3.8...50.3° C IAT 4...59° C integrated purge flow> 12 g vehicle speed ones > 25 MPH Altitude, < 2700 m Evap purge valve ready LDP, commanded off selected gear any drive IAT drop after engine start, < 7.5° C | 0.5 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P2414 | O2 Sensor Exhaust Sample Error Bank 1, Sensor 1 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | Threshold 1: signal voltage 3.10...4.81 V threshold 2: signal voltage 2.50...3.10 V Depending on gain factor, that actual is used for sensor characteristic, the threshold is switched | Lambda set value, <1.6 O2S ceramic temp., > 715° C heater control closed loop fuel cut off not active if low fuel signal then wait, > 120.00 Sec | 20 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| P2431 | Rationality check | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to the appropriate service information. | Difference between SAI pressure and ambient pressure, NOT -25.0...25.00 hPa | 0.50 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY | |
| P2432 | Signal range check | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to the appropriate service information. | Signal voltage, <.40 V | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2433 | Signal range check | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to the appropriate service information. | Signal voltage, > 4.65 V | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2440 | System check after SAI | Check the Secondary Air System. Refer to the appropriate service information. | SAI pressure measured with SAI pressure sensor vs modeled while SAI valve closed. < 0.55% | ECT, 5...39° C IAT, 5...40° C altitude, < 2700 m SAI pressure sensor, ready no fault | ||
| P2539 | Low Pressure Fuel System Sensor Circuit | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage > 4.9 V | 1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2540 | Low Pressure Fuel System Sensor Circuit Range/Performance | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Actual pressure Deviation < 800 kPa < 80 kPa | 5 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| P2541 | Low Pressure Fuel System Sensor Circuit Low | Check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Signal voltage < 0.2 V | 1 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2568 | RIS Sensor wrong signal PZEV only | Check the Radiator Identification Sensor -G611-. | Signal of sensor mismatched with radiator OR measured temp. gradients during 3 measure windows always, <0.25 K/2s | Engine speed >400 RPM ECT @ engine start -35.3° C OR ECT >97.5° C time required >360 Sec ambient air temp, >9.75° C number of measure windows, 3 Case 1 conditions for temp. gradient expectation event: engine speed <900 RPM vehicle speed <1.25 km/h idle, active time required, >25 Sec THEN delta mass air flow, >100 kg/h delta engine speed, >1000 RPM integrated delta mass air flow and engine speed, >17kg*RPM within time, < 8 Sec | 250 Sec | Once/DCY 2 DCY |
| P2569 | RIS Sensor signal low PZEV only | Check the Radiator Identification Sensor -G611-. | Signal voltage < 0.2 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2570 | RIS Sensor signal always high PZEV only | Check the Radiator Identification Sensor -G611-. | Signal voltage > 5.0 V | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| P2626 | O2 Sensor Pumping Current Trim Circuit/Open Bank 1 Sensor 1 | Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING . | O2S signal front> 4.81 V | Modeled exhaust temp, < 700° C O2S ceramic temp, > 715° C heater control closed loop Fuel cut off, Active if low fuel signal then wait> 120.0 Sec | 2 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
Fuel and air mixture, additional emissions regulations
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| P3081 | Engine Temperature Too Low | Check Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62-. Refer to ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING . | Difference between ECT and modeled ECT > 9.8K | Reference temperature < 71° C | 1300 Sec | Once 2 DCY |
Control module and output signals
| DTC | Error Message | Diagnostic Procedure | Malfunction Criteria and Threshold Value | Secondary Parameters with Enable Conditions | Monitoring Time Length | Frequency of checks, MIL Illum |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| U0001 | High Speed CAN Communication Bus | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | CAN message, No feedback | Time after ignition on 500 ms | .25 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0002 | High Speed CAN Communication Bus | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | Global time out-receiving no message | Time after ignition on 500 ms | .45 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U1000 | Lost Communication with ECM/PCM A | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | Failure of all CAN engine messages, Time out more than 490 mSec Failure of all CAN engine messages but not all CAN messages, Time out more than 1010 mSec | No bus off error No error failure of all CAN messages No error failure of all CAN engine messages Terminal 15 Voltage, > 9 V for more than 500 mSec > 500 mSec after reset | 1 Sec | |
| U1000 | Lost Communication with TCM | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Direct Shift Gearbox (DIG) Mechatronic -J743- to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623-. Refer to TCM TO ECM CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | Received CAN message no message | Time after ignition on 500ms | 0.50 m Sec Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0121 | CAN ABS brake unit | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to TCM TO ECM CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | CAN communication with brake unit, time-out | Time after ignition on, 500 mSec low value, low voltage, 9 V high value, low voltage, 9.5 V low value, high voltage, 16.0 V high value, high voltage, 16.5 V | 500 mSec | 2 DCY |
| U0146 | CAN gateway A | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | CAN communication with gateway, time-out | 0.50 Sec | 2 DCY | |
| U0155 | CAN: Instrument Cluster | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | Received CAN message no message | Time after ignition on 500 ms | Time after ignition on 500 mSec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0302 | Software Incompatibility with Transmission Control Module | Replace the Direct Shift Gearbox (DIG) Mechatronic -J743-. Refer to the appropriate service information. | AT vehicle ECM coded as MT vehicle | Time after ignition on 500ms | 5000 mSec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0323 | CAN: Instrument cluster Audi only | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TO DATA BUS OBD INTERFACE, CHECKING . | Ambient temp value module not encoded for ambient temp sensor, 00h | Key on status ambient temp from instrument cluster, no fault | 2 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0402 | CAN communication with TCM | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Selector Lever -E313- to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623 | Received data implausible message | Time after ignition on 500ms | 300 mSec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0404 | Invalid Data Received From Gear Shift Control Module | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance, Selector Lever -E313- to Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623-. | If the value of message counter is permanent, constant, or change exceeds a threshold, increment an event counter maximum change of message counter > 5 | No failure of selector lever CAN messages Terminal 15 voltage > 4 V for more than 500 mSec | 50 mSec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0415 | CAN link to speed sensor | Refer to Service information, ABS System. | Received data implausible message | Time after ignition on 500 mSec | 400 mSec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0422 | CAN: Instrument cluster | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TO DATA BUS OBD INTERFACE, CHECKING . | Ambient temp. value (initialization), Audi, 01h | Key on status ambient temp from instrument cluster no fault electrical check ambient temp. sensor, no fault | 2.0 Sec | Multiple 2 DCY |
| U0423 | CAN: Instrument cluster | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TO DATA BUS OBD INTERFACE, CHECKING . | Received data implausible message ambient temperature value (initialization) 01h | Time after ignition on 500 mSec key on status ambient temperature from instrument cluster-no fault electrical check ambient temperature sensor no fault | 3000 mSec 3.0 sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
| U0447 | CAN gateway | Check the CAN-Bus terminal resistance. Refer to CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING . | CAN message, incorrect | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| U1030 | LIN Communication | Check the Lin-Bus. | Not active | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| U102F | LIN Communication | Check the Lin-Bus. | Time out | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY | |
| U102E | LIN Communication | Check the Lin-Bus. | LIN message, incorrect | 0.50 Sec | Continuous 2 DCY |
CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Test requirements
Scheme 267
- The Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- fuse OK.
- Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay J271 OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Scheme 268
Disconnect Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 269
Using a multimeter, check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- for resistance.
Scheme 270
Specified value: 5.0 to 8.0 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- terminal 8/87 for voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connections for an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminal for an open circuit.
Scheme 271
| Camshaft Adjustment Valve 1 -N205- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 60 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Disconnect the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 272
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Scheme 273
Specified value: about 5.0 V
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, Check the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 for an open circuit.
Scheme 274
| Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 29 |
| 2 | 54 |
| 3 | 8 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was OK
Replace the Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT ACTUATORS, CHECKING
The following procedure is used to diagnose Cam Adjustment Actuators -F366, F367, F368, F369, F370, F371, F372, F373- which are controlled by Engine Control Module - J623-.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module - J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Disconnect appropriate Cam Adjustment Actuators -F366, F367, F368, F369, F370, F371, F372, F373- electrical harness connectors.
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Cam Adjustment Actuators -F366, F367, F368, F369, F370, F371, F372, F373- pins 1 and two, for resistance.
Specified value: 5.0 to 10.0 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the appropriate Cam Adjustment Actuators -F366, F367, F368, F369, F370, F371, F372, F373-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, Check the Cam Adjustment Actuators -F366, F367, F368, F369, F370, F371, F372, F373- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness connector for resistance.
| Cam Adjustment Actuators -F366, F367, F368, F369, F370, F371, F372, F373- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module - J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| F366 1 | T 60- 2 |
| F367 1 | T 60- 17 |
| F368 1 | T 60- 20 |
| F369 1 | T 60- 9 |
| F370 1 | T 60- 3 |
| F371 1 | T 60- 10 |
| F372 1 | T 60-19 |
| F373 1 | T 60-4 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Assembly is performed in the reverse order of the removal, note the following
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
SPEED SIGNAL, CHECKING
The following procedure requires a test drive. Observe all safety precautions.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Speedometer -G21- OK.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Connect the scan tool.
Perform a road test with a vehicle speed greater than 5 Km/h.
Using the scan tool, Check the vehicle speed
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Vehicle Speed | Approx. Vehicle Speed | |||
Compare the vehicle speed on the scan tool to the Speedometer -G21-.
Specified value: a difference of no greater than 10%.
If the specified value was not obtained or no speed was displayed
Check the wiring from the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- to the Instrument Cluster Control Module -J285- for an open circuit, Short to Battery (+), or to Ground (GND).
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Prior to repair work, perform a preliminary check to verify the condition. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Generic scan tool
Test requirements
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- Oxygen Sensors OK.
- No leaks or damage to exhaust system.
Function test
Perform the function test in Diagnostic Mode 06. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS .
End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are exceeded
Check the exhaust system for leaks.
If necessary, repair the leak in the exhaust system.
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .
Perform a road test to verify Repair.
If the DTC does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If no leaks are found in the exhaust system
Replace the catalytic converter with front exhaust pipe. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
TURBOCHARGER, G-CHARGER
Note. Charge air system must be properly sealed. Always replace self-locking nuts. Charge air hoses and pipes as well as their connections must be free of oil and grease before re-installing. Do not assemble charge air hoses and lines with lubricants containing oils, only coat with water (without additives) if necessary. Note installation marks on hoses and components. All hose connections for charge air system are secured by spring-type clamps or by connector couplings. Install only approved clamps for securing hose connections. Pliers for spring clamps or hose clamp pliers are recommended for installing spring clamps. For connector couplings, always note the following points
Disengage connector coupling by pulling securing clip -arrow-.
Disconnect hose and pipe without the assistance of tools.
When assembling, make sure the retaining tabs -A- are engaged securely.
Scheme 275
Before screwing on oil supply line, fill turbocharger with engine oil at filler tube.
After installing turbocharger, let engine idle for approx. 1 minute without increasing engine speed. This ensures adequate oil supply to the turbocharger.
CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- On vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Test sequence
Disconnect the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
Scheme 276
Start engine and let it run at idle.
Using a multimeter, check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Specified value: min. 4.5 V
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was obtained
Replace the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-.
If the specification was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31- electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit according to wiring diagram.
| Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 13 |
| 3 | 27 |
| 4 | 23 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Charge Air Pressure Sensor -G31-.Refer to appropriate service information.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was not OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
TURBOCHARGER RECIRCULATING VALVE, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- On vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Checking internal resistance
Disconnect the Turbocharger Recirculating Valve -N249- electrical harness connector -2-.
Scheme 277
Using a multimeter, check the Turbocharger Recirculating Valve -N249- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 13.6 +/- 5 ohms (at room temp.)
If the specification was not obtained
Replace the Turbocharger Recirculating Valve -N249-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Voltage supply
Using a multimeter, check the Turbocharger Recirculating Valve -N249- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND).
Scheme 278
| Turbocharger Recirculating Valve -N249- electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Operate the engine briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Turbocharger Recirculating Valve -N249- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminal 50 for an open circuit.
| Turbocharger Recirculating Valve -N249- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 50 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
WASTEGATE BYPASS REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- On vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Checking internal resistance
Disconnect the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75- electrical harness connector -1-.
Using a multimeter, check the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 20 to 30 ohms (at room temp.)
If the specification was not obtained
Replace the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specification is obtained
Checking Voltage supply
Using a multimeter, check the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND).
| Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75- electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Operate the engine briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 for an open circuit.
| Wastegate Bypass Regulator Valve -N75- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 51 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Prior to repair work, perform a preliminary check to verify the condition. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Generic scan tool
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
- Engine cold.
Test procedure
Start diagnosis
Connect the scan tool.
Switch the ignition on.
Using the scan tool, check the coolant temperature
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Coolant temperature | Approx. coolant temperature | |||
If the specified value is not obtained
Continue test according to the following table
| Indicated | Cause | Test |
|---|---|---|
| Approx. - 40.0° C | Open circuit or short circuit to (B+) | TESTING IF DISPLAY IS APPROX. - 40.0° C |
| Approx. 140.0° C | Short circuit to Ground (GND) | TESTING IF DISPLAY APPROX. 140.0° C |
If the specified value was obtained
Start the engine and let it run at idle.
The temperature value must increase uniformly in increments of 1.0° C.
If the engine shows problems in certain temperature ranges and if the temperature does not climb uniformly, the temperature signal is intermittent.
Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62-. Refer to the appropriate service information
Checking internal resistance
Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
Scheme 279
Using a multimeter, check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Use the chart below for the specified values
Specified values
| ECT Temperature vs Resistance | ||
|---|---|---|
| Temp (C) | Min value ohms | Max value ohms |
| 40 | 36816 | 43714 |
| 35 | 28840 | 33978 |
| 25 | 17680 | 20530 |
| 15 | 10940 | 12534 |
| 5 | 6897 | 7804 |
| 0 | 5535 | 6226 |
| 5 | 4443 | 4970 |
| 15 | 2923 | 3235 |
| 25 | 1978 | 2167 |
| 35 | 1369 | 1486 |
| 45 | 965 | 1039 |
| 55 | 692 | 738 |
| 65 | 503 | 533 |
| 75 | 372 | 392 |
| 85 | 279 | 292 |
| 95 | 213 | 223 |
| 105 | 164 | 172 |
| 115 | 127 | 134 |
| 125 | 99 | 106 |
| 135 | 78 | 84 |
If any of the specified values was not obtained
Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Testing if display is approx. - 40.0° C
Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
Using a jumper wire, connect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2.
Check the value indicated on the scan tool display.
If the value jumps to approx. 140.0° C
End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If indication remains at approx. -40.0° C
Testing if display approx. 140.0° C
Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor -G62- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
If indication jumps to approx. -40.0° C
End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If indication remains at approx. 140.0° C
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
| Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor - G62- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 57 |
| 2 | 14 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ON RADIATOR, CHECKING
| WARNING | Cooling system is under pressure. Danger of scalding when opening! |
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connector of Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (on Radiator) -G83-.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
- Engine cold.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Checking internal resistance
Disconnect the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (on Radiator) -G83- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 280
Using a multimeter, check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (on Radiator) -G83- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Use the chart below for the specified values
Specified values
| ECT Temperature vs Resistance | ||
|---|---|---|
| Temp (C) | Min value ohms | Max value ohms |
| 40 | 36816 | 43714 |
| 35 | 28840 | 33978 |
| 25 | 17680 | 20530 |
| 15 | 10940 | 12534 |
| 5 | 6897 | 7804 |
| 0 | 5535 | 6226 |
| 5 | 4443 | 4970 |
| 15 | 2923 | 3235 |
| 25 | 1978 | 2167 |
| 35 | 1369 | 1486 |
| 45 | 965 | 1039 |
| 55 | 692 | 738 |
| 65 | 503 | 533 |
| 75 | 372 | 392 |
| 85 | 279 | 292 |
| 95 | 213 | 223 |
| 105 | 164 | 172 |
| 115 | 127 | 134 |
| 125 | 99 | 106 |
| 135 | 78 | 84 |
If any of the specified values was not obtained
Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (on Radiator) -G83-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If any of the specified values was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box, refer to the appropriate service information.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a Multimeter --, check the Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (on Radiator) -G83- electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
| Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor (on Radiator) -G83- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 36 |
| 2 | 12 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connector of the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28-.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Function
The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- detects RPM and reference marks. Without an engine speed signal, the engine will not start. If the engine speed signal fails while the engine is running, the engine will stop immediately.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Connect the scan tool.
Switch the ignition on.
Using the scan tool, check the engine speed
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Engine rotations per minute (RPM) | Idle speed | |||
End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Checking internal resistance
Disconnect the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- electrical harness connector.
Using a multimeter, check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Scheme 281
Specified value: 450 to 1200 ohms
If the specified value is not obtained
Replace the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified values are obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit.
| Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 52 |
| 2 | 37 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Remove the Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- and check the sensor wheel for proper seating, damage and run-out. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the sensor wheel is OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- fuse OK.
- The ignition switched off.
Note. Voltage for the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- is supplied via the Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Disconnect the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 282
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- terminals 1 and 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 25.0 to 36.0 ohms.
If the specified value is not obtained
Replace the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80-.
If the specification is obtained
Checking voltage supply
Using a multimeter, check the electrical harness connector terminal 1 to 2 for voltage.
Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
Using a multimeter, check the electrical harness connector terminal 1 for voltage.
| Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value is not obtained
Check the wiring connection from the electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- terminal 8/87 for an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Check Ground (GND) activation
Using a multimeter, check the electrical harness connector for voltage.
| Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 2 | Battery positive (+) |
Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- electrical connector terminal 2 to Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 for an open circuit.
| Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Regulator Valve -N80- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminal test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 35 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Perform a preliminary check to verify the condition: PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Smoke tester
- Evaporative and fuel supply system vacuum hose and line routing diagram
Test procedure
Using a smoke tester, check the evaporative emission system for leaks.
Note. Always follow the manufacturers directions for the proper installation and operation of the smoke tester being used.
Note. Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate for the model type. Replace seals and gaskets when performing repair work.
If a leak is detected
Check the fuel filler cap seal for damage and for proper installation. Replace if necessary.
Check the seals under the locking flanges and that the union nuts are properly tightened on the fuel tank.
Check all hose connections of the evaporative system and replace or repair any leaking lines.
Repair or replace any damaged component.
If no leaks are found
Erase the DTC memory if a DTC was set. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If a DTC was set and does not return
Repair complete, generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE
If the DTC does return and no leaks are found in the evaporative and fuel supply system
Check the DTC memory for any DTC codes pertaining to the evaporative and fuel supply systems. If a DTC is stored, perform the diagnostic test procedure for the suspected component.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CANISTER SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR PROPER SEAL
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Smoke tester.
- For Evap or fuel supply system concerns, refer to the appropriate service information.
Note. Secure all hose connections using hose clamps appropriate for the model type Replace seals and gaskets when performing repair work.
Leak checking
Using a Smoke tester, check the Evaporative Emission (EVAP) canister system for leaks.
Note. Always follow the manufacturers directions for the proper installation and operation of the Smoke tester being used.
If a leak is detected
Check the fuel filler cap seal for damage and for proper installation. Replace if necessary.
Check the seals under the locking flanges and the union nuts are properly tightened on the fuel tank.
Check all hose connections of the fuel supply system and replace or repair any leaking lines.
Check all hose connections of the EVAP system and replace or repair any leaking lines.
Repair or replace any damaged component.
If no leaks are found in the EVAP and Fuel Supply System
Erase the DTC memory if a DTC was set. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If a DTC was set and does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the DTC does return and no leaks are found in the EVAP and Fuel Supply System
Check the DTC memory for any DTC codes pertaining to the EVAP and Fuel Supply Systems. If a DTC is stored, perform the diagnostic test procedure for the suspected component. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY .
FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Diode test lamp (12V).
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Observe safety precautions.
Observe rules for cleanliness.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover and air intake duct. Refer to appropriate service information.
Disconnect the 8 pin connector from the fuel injector assembly harness (located just below and to the right of the electronic throttle motor assembly).
Using a multimeter connected to ground, check terminals 2, 4, 6, 8 for the correct voltage.
Specified value: 22 - 25 V.
If voltage is below specification
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Injector -- electrical harness connector terminals 2, 4, 6, 8 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open or short to ground circuit.
| Component | Fuel Injector -- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|---|
| Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector -N30 | 2 | 33 |
| Cylinder 2 Fuel Injector -N31 | 4 | 49 |
| Cylinder 3 Fuel Injector -N32 | 6 | 34 |
| Cylinder 4 Fuel Injector -N33 | 8 | 48 |
Specified values: 1.5 ohms max. for wire continuity, and for circuit to ground check; Infinity or "OL" is displayed
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for an open, high resistance or short to ground.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If voltage is within specification
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Injector -- electrical terminals (1 to 2 for N30, 3-4 for N31, 5-6 for N32 or 7 to 8 for N33) for resistance.
Specified value: 1.4 - 2.6 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the malfunctioning Fuel injector(s). Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking activation and wiring
Connect a diode test lamp (12V) from Battery + to the injector harness connector terminal (1 for N30, 3 for N31, 5 for N32 or 7 for N33) of the Fuel Injector -- to be tested.
Operate the starter and test the activation of the Fuel Injector --.
LED should flicker.
Switch the ignition off.
If LED does not flicker
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Injector -- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit.
| Component | Fuel Injector -- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|---|
| Cylinder 1 Fuel Injector -N30 | 1 | 31 |
| 2 | 33 | |
| Cylinder 2 Fuel Injector -N31 | 3 (1) | 47 |
| 4 (2) | 49 | |
| Cylinder 3 Fuel Injector -N32 | 5 (1) | 32 |
| 6 (2) | 34 | |
| Cylinder 4 Fuel Injector -N33 | 7 (1) | 46 |
| 8 (2) | 48 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for an open, high resistance or short to battery or ground.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Fuel Pump (FP) Control Module -J538- OK.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- The fuel filter OK.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Checking voltage
Disconnect the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- electrical harness connector.
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- electrical harness connector terminals for voltage.
| Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- electrical harness connector terminals | Specified value |
|---|---|
| 1 to Battery positive (+) | Battery voltage |
| 3 to Ground (GND) | About 5 V |
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was obtained
Replace the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was not obtained
Checking wiring connections
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
| Fuel Pressure Sensor -G247- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 13 |
| 2 | 40 |
| 3 | 29 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- OK.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- The fuel filter OK.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Checking resistance
Disconnect the Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve -N276- electrical harness connector -2-.
Scheme 283
Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve -N276- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Scheme 284
Specified value: 25 to 35 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve -N276-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve -N276 - electrical connector terminal 2 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring from the Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve -N276- electrical connector terminal 2 to the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- terminal 2/87 for a short circuit to Ground (GND), or an open circuit.
Switch the ignition off.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve -N276- electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
| Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve -N276- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 19 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
FUEL PUMP DELIVERY QUANTITY, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Switched remote control (jumper).
- multimeter.
- Electrical connector test lead set.
- Fuel pressure test set.
- Measuring container, fuel-resistant.
Test conditions
- Battery voltage 12.5 V
- Fuel filter OK
- Fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- Fuel pressure regulator OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the fuel filler cap from fuel filler tube.
Remove rear seat bench. Refer to appropriate service information.
Remove the floor sealing cover -1-.
Scheme 285
Disconnect the electrical harness connector -arrow- from the fuel delivery unit.
Scheme 286
Connect a switched remote control (jumper) to terminal -1- of the fuel delivery unit and to vehicle battery (+).
Connect a jumper wire from terminal -5- of the fuel delivery unit to vehicle Ground (GND).
Scheme 287
| WARNING | Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening the system, place rags around the connection area. Then release the pressure by carefully loosening the connection. |
Disconnect the fuel return line -arrow- by pressing release buttons.
Scheme 288
Connect a fuel line from the fuel pressure test set to the disconnected fuel return line and hold it in the measuring container.
Scheme 289
Press the switch on the remote control (jumper) and operate the fuel pump for 15 seconds.
Compare quantity of fuel delivered with minimum delivery rate in the diagram (cm 3 /30 sec.).
Scheme 290
Note. Voltage at the fuel pump with engine stopped and fuel pump running is approx. 2 volts less than battery voltage.
If minimum delivery quantity is not obtained, the following malfunctions may be present
- Fuel lines pinched.
- Fuel filter plugged.
- Fuel pump faulty.
If necessary, repair any pinched or plugged lines.
If the filter is restricted
Replace the fuel filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the fuel pump is faulty
Replace the fuel pump. Refer to appropriate service information.
Assembly is performed in reverse order of removal. Note the following
Install the rear seat bench. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
FUEL PRESSURE TEST
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- fuel line adapter set V.A.G. 1318/17A. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool and are also available for rental or purchase through Audi.
- In- line fuel pressure gauge with shutoff valve. (high pressure).
Test conditions
- Battery voltage 12.5 V
- Function and voltage supply for the Fuel Pump is OK.
- Fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
| WARNING | Fuel system is under pressure! Before opening the system, place rags around the connection area. Then release the pressure by carefully loosening the connection. |
Start diagnosis
Disconnect fuel supply line -3- at the supply location and catch any fuel coming out with a shop towel
Scheme 291
Note. Pull circlip upward to unlock fuel line
Install a fuel pressure gauge with appropriate adapters.
Open shut off valve on fuel gauge.
Switch ignition on and off repeatedly until fuel pressure stops increasing pressure.
Read fuel pressure on the gauge.
- Specified value: 3.5 to 6 bar
If specification is exceeded
Check return line between fuel filter and fuel pump for kinks or blockage.
If no malfunction in fuel return line is found
Pressure relief valve in fuel filter is malfunctioning.
Replace the fuel filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
If reading was below the specification
Check fuel pressure at the fuel filter between fuel pump and fuel filter using appropriate adapters
Open shut off valve on gauge and start the engine. Allow to idle.
Slowly close the pressure gauge shut off and note the fuel pressure.
- Pressure must increase to 6 bar.
When 6 bar is reached: Open shut off tap immediately!
If pressure has increased during test
Fuel pump is OK. Pressure relief valve in fuel filter is malfunctioning.
Replace the fuel filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
If pressure did not increase
Fuel pump is faulty
Replace the fuel pump. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
FUEL PUMP ELECTRICAL, TESTING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Electrical connector test lead set.
Test conditions
Scheme 292
- Battery voltage 12.5 V.
- Fuse -27- in Fuse Panel C is OK.
- Fuel filter OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove rear seat bench. Refer to appropriate service information.
Remove the Fuel Pump Control Module from the retaining clips on the floor sealing cover.
Disconnect the electrical harness connector -arrow- from the Fuel Pump Control Module.
Scheme 293
Connect the multimeter ground lead to terminal -6- of the Fuel Pump Control Module harness connector.
Connect the multimeter positive lead to terminal -1- of the Fuel Pump Control Module harness connector.
Scheme 294
Turn the Ignition key to the ON position.
The meter should read within 1 V of battery voltage.
If voltage is below specification, locate wiring fault in ground or power circuit. Refer to wiring diagram for location.
If voltage is OK, connect multimeter positive lead to terminal -3- of the Fuel Pump Control Module harness connector. The ground lead remains on terminal -6
Crank the engine and note voltage displayed on multimeter during crank. Voltage should be within 2.5 volts of battery voltage.
If voltage is below specification, locate wiring fault in the power circuit. Refer to wiring diagram for location.
If voltage is OK, connect multimeter positive lead to terminal -2- of the Fuel Pump Control Module harness connector. The ground lead remains on terminal -6
Crank the engine and note voltage displayed on multimeter during crank. Voltage should be 3.2 volts (+/-.4)
If voltage is below specification, check circuit from Fuel Pump Control Module to ECM for open, short or high resistance and repair as necessary. If no circuit fault is found, replace ECM.
If voltage is OK, reconnect the wiring harness to the Fuel Pump control Module.
Test procedure for Fuel Pump Control Module
Remove the floor sealing cover to access the Fuel Delivery Unit (fuel pump).
Disconnect the harness connector from the Fuel Delivery Unit.
Connect the multimeter positive lead to terminal -1- of the Fuel Delivery Unit harness connector.
Connect the multimeter ground lead to terminal -5- of the Fuel Delivery Unit harness connector.
Crank the engine and note voltage displayed on multimeter during crank. Voltage should be within 2.5 volts of battery voltage.
If voltage is below specification, replace the Fuel Pump Control Module (J538).
If voltage is within specification, replace the Fuel Pump (G6). Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Diode test lamp.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage - N70, N127, N291, N292- fuses OK.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- OK.
- The Engine Speed (RPM) Sensor -G28- OK.
- The Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor -G40- OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Remove the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292- electrical harness screws -1-.
Scheme 295
Disconnect the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292- electrical harness connectors -arrows- from the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292-.
Scheme 296
Checking voltage supply
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Ignition Coil -- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 4 for voltage.
Scheme 297
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the Ignition Coil -- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271 - terminal 8/87 for an open circuit.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified values were obtained
Checking activation
| WARNING | Do not touch the Ignition Coils -- connecting parts or adapter cables during the following test. |
Disable the power supply to the Fuel Injectors -N30, N31, N32, N33- by removing Fuse 29 (on fuse panel B) from the fuse holder SB29, in the E-box, plenum chamber.
Using a diode test lamp, check the Ignition Coil -- electrical harness connector terminals 2 to 3 for voltage.
Operate the starter.
The LED should flicker.
Switch the ignition off.
If the LED flickers and the voltage was OK
Replace the faulty Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the LED does not flicker
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, Check the Ignition Coil -- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 for an open circuit.
| Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| N70-3 | 7 |
| N127-3 | 21 |
| N291-3 | 22 |
| N292-3 | 6 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified values were obtained
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Connect the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292- electrical harness connectors -arrows- to the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292-.
Scheme 298
Install the Ignition Coils with Power Output Stage -N70, N127, N291, N292- electrical harness screws -1-.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Connect the scan tool.
Switch the ignition on.
Using the scan tool, check the intake air temperature
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Intake Air Temperature (IAT) | Approx. ambient air temperature | |||
If the specified value is not obtained
Continue the test according to the following table
| Indicated | Cause | Test |
|---|---|---|
| Approx. -40° C or approx. -46° C | Open circuit or short circuit to (B+) | TESTING IF DISPLAY APPROX. -40&DEG; C OR APPROX. -46 C OR APPROX. -46° C |
| Approx. 140° C | Short circuit to Ground (GND) | TESTING IF DISPLAY APPROX. 140° C |
If the specified values are obtained
Remove engine cover. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Checking internal resistance
Disconnect the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 299
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Use the chart below for the specified values
Specified values
| IAT Temperature vs Resistance | ||
|---|---|---|
| Temp (C) | Min value ohms | Max value ohms |
| 40 | 31811 | 37560 |
| 35 | 22941 | 26863 |
| 25 | 12415 | 14289 |
| 15 | 6958 | 7880 |
| 5 | 4036 | 4495 |
| 0 | 3120 | 3442 |
| 5 | 2422 | 2655 |
| 15 | 1519 | 1623 |
| 25 | 968 | 1031 |
| 35 | 629 | 676 |
| 45 | 419 | 455 |
| 55 | 286 | 314 |
| 65 | 195 | 217 |
| 75 | 136 | 155 |
If any of the specified values are not obtained
Replace the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Testing if display approx. -40° C or approx. -46° C
Disconnect the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- electrical harness connector -1-.
Using a jumper wire, connect the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 2.
Check the value indicated on the scan tool display.
If indication jumps to approx. 140° C
End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
Replace the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If indication remains at approx. -40° C or -46° C
Testing if display approx. 140° C
Disconnect the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42- electrical harness connector -1-.
If indication jumps to approx. -40° C or -46° C
End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
Replace the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42 -. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the indication remains at approx. 140° C
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a Multimeter --, check the Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42 - electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for resistance.
| Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor -G42 - electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 42 |
| 2 | 13 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for an open circuit, a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was not OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the mentioned sequence
- Check the DTC memory. «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) - J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Disconnect the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
Scheme 300
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Specified value: about 5 V
Switch ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check and/or repair wiring as required.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical terminals 2 to 3 for resistance.
Specified value: 7-25 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical terminals 1 to 3 for resistance.
Specified value: 244 [+/- 40] ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified values were not obtained
Replace the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit.
| Intake Manifold Runner Position Sensor -G336- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 27 |
| 2 | 43 |
| 3 | 13 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER CONTROL VALVE, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse -SB12- OK.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- OK.
- The parking brake engaged.
- The battery voltage at least 12.5 V.
- The selector lever of automatic transmission in position "P" or "N".
- All electrical consumers switched off (radiator fan must NOT run during test).
- A/C switched off.
- The fuel tank at least 1 / 4 filled.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Disconnect the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- electrical harness connector.
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 25 [+/-] 10 ohms.
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring from the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to fuse SB12 on fuse panel B.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector terminal 30 for resistance.
| Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Valve -N316- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector terminal T94 or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 30 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The mounting bolt of Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- tightened to 20 Nm.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Note. Before disconnecting the Knock Sensor -- electrical harness connectors, mark the component location.
Disconnect the Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 301
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Knock Sensor -- terminals 1 to 2 for an internal short.
Scheme 302
Specified value: infinity (Infinity).
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the faulty Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, Check the Knock Sensor -- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 for an open circuit.
Scheme 303
| Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 25 |
| 2 | 10 |
| 3 | 8 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was not OK
Replace the faulty Knock Sensor (KS) 1 -G61-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and the resistance was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- fuse OK.
- The ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to appropriate service information.
Disconnect the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical harness connector -2-.
Scheme 304
Checking internal resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- for resistance as follows
Scheme 305
| Leak Detection Pump (LDP) -V144- electrical harness connector terminals | Specified values |
|---|---|
| 1 + 3 | 640 to 720 ohms |
| 2 + 3 | 15 to 17 ohms |
If any of the specifications are not obtained
Replace the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144--. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified values are obtained
Checking voltage supply
Note. The voltage for the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- is supplied via the Fuse 7 (on fuse panel B) -SB7-.
Check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- for voltage.
Using a multimeter, check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- electrical harness connector terminal 3 for voltage.
Scheme 306
| Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 3 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Operate the starter briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Using a multimeter, check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- terminal 8/87 for an open circuit.
Specified value: Wire resistance max 1.5 ohms.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- electrical connector terminals to Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals.
| Leak Detection Pump (LDP) --V144-- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 44 |
| 2 | 49 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in wiring
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Assembly is performed in the reverse order of the removal, note the following
Install the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR, CHECKING
Note. The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 -G299- is an integral part of the Mass Air Flow sensor. Replacement of one or other replaces both.
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in harness connector of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70-.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- fuse OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Connect the scan tool.
Start engine and let it run at idle.
Using the scan tool, Check the air flow quantity of the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- at idle
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Air flow quantity at Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor | ||||
| Engine running at idle | 2.00 to 5.00 g/sec | |||
End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If specified value is obtained, but DTC memory has a DTC concerning Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70
Check voltage supply of Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR, CHECKING .
If specified value was not obtained
Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- electrical circuit MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR, CHECKING .
Checking voltage supply
Disconnect the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 307
Start the engine and let it run at idle.
Using a multimeter, check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to engine Ground (GND).
Scheme 308
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If specified value was not obtained
Check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Power Supply Relay (terminal 50) -J682- terminal 2/30 for an open circuit.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Checking electrical circuit
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit.
| Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 23 |
| 2 | 65 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Replace Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor -G70-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was not OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in harness connector of Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71-.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test conditions
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- OK.
- The parking brake must be applied, otherwise daytime running lights are switched on.
- On vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever must be in position "P" or "N".
- The ground connections between engine and body must be OK.
Function test
Connect the scan tool.
Start engine and let it run at idle.
Using the scan tool, Check the specified value of the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- at idle
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Intake manifold pressure | Approx. 100 kPa | |||
If the specified value was obtained
Condition is not present at this time. Check connections for loose or damaged terminals and check harness for an intermittent short.
If the specified value was Not obtained
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Disconnect the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- electrical harness connector.
Start the engine and run at idle speed.
Using a multimeter, check the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- electrical harness connector terminals 1 to 3 for voltage.
Specification: 4.5 V
Switch the ignition OFF.
If the specified value was obtained
Replace Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71-.
If the specified value of 4.5 V was Not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used. Perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used. Perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the Repair information.
Using a multimeter, check the Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for resistance.
| Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor -G71- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 13 |
| 3 | 29 |
| 4 | 9 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specified value was Not obtained
Check the wiring for an open circuit, high resistance, short circuit to each other, Battery (+) or Ground.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was Not OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the Repair information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
OXYGEN SENSOR AFTER CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Prior to repair work, perform a preliminary check to verify the condition. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Generic scan tool
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Test requirements
- The oxygen sensor properly installed
- Exhaust system free of leaks
- The oxygen sensor fuses OK
- Ground connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts
- Coolant temperature at least 80° C
- All electrical consumers switched off
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever in park or neutral
- A/C switched off
- Engine running
Note. The oxygen sensor compares the oxygen content of the outside air with the residual oxygen content in the exhaust gas, and generates a voltage input signal to the engine control module. If oxygen sensor voltage does not fluctuate, the sensor does not respond, or responds too slowly, the following causes are possible: Slits in the oxygen sensor tip are plugged Sensor not up to operating temperature Sensor has been thermally overloaded Transition resistance in signal wire or reference ground connection Sensor has been damaged by electrical contact cleaner or similar contaminant (drawn through signal wire by capillary action due to thermal fluctuation) Sensor has been damaged by exposure to silicone. When using silicone sprays and sealants, silicone residue is drawn into the engine where it passes unburned into the exhaust and can damage the oxygen sensor
Test procedure
Using a generic scan tool, refer to Diagnostic Mode 05 - Read Current System Data.
Note. Mode 05 may not be supported on all systems. On systems where Diagnostic Mode 05 is not supported, refer to Diagnostic Mode 6 for oxygen sensor monitoring test results.
Review the mode data test results.
If any of the test results indicate a monitor failure
Refer to the monitor support documentation as indicated in the mode test procedure to diagnose and repair the cause of the failure.
If the test results indicate no monitor failures
Checking primary voltage
Disconnect the oxygen sensor electrical harness connector. Refer to the service information for removal and installation procedures.
Switch ignition on.
Using a multimeter, measure the voltage between the sensor signal and reference ground circuits.
- Specification: 0.400 to 0.500 V
Switch ignition off.
If specified value is not obtained
Check the oxygen sensor wiring and connections.
If specified value is obtained
Replace the oxygen sensor. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.
Checking wiring and connections
Remove the engine control module. Refer to the service information for removal and installation procedures.
Using a multimeter, measure the resistance of the signal and reference ground circuits between the oxygen sensor and the engine control module. Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the circuits for a short to each other, short to battery voltage, and short to ground.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
Repair the wiring or connection as necessary.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring
Replace the engine control module. Refer to the service information for removal and installation procedures.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing terminals in the electrical harness connector of the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- fuse OK.
- The Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19- before catalytic converter OK. Refer to «OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__oxygen-sensor-o2s-heater-checking) .
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head properly sealed.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Connect scan tool.
Start the engine and let it run at idle.
Select "Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Test-ID 01: Oxygen sensor monitoring before catalytic converter".
Select "Test-ID 131: Dynamic test".
Check the specified values at idle.
| Dynamic test | Specified value | ||
|---|---|---|---|
| Min. | Max. | ||
| Normal operation | 0.35009 | ||
| Reduced threshold upon suspicion of malfunction in catalytic converter | 0.39990 | ||
If specified values are obtained
End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Checking primary voltage
Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 309
Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector -1- terminals 1 to 5 for voltage.
Scheme 310
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 78 |
| 2 | 79 |
| 5 | 56 |
| 6 | 57 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Note. Vehicle must be raised before the electrical connector for the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- is accessible. When servicing terminals in the electrical harness connector of the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-, use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Generic scan tool
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- fuse Ok.
- Oxygen Sensor O2S Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter Heater - Z29- OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head properly sealed.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Connect scan tool.
Start the engine and let it run at idle.
Select "Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Test-ID 02: Oxygen sensor monitoring behind catalytic converter".
Select following Test-IDs.
Check the specified values at idle.
| Test-ID | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Min. | Max. | |||
| 1 | Rich to lean sensor barrier voltage | 0.6241 V | ||
| 2 | Lean to rich sensor barrier voltage | 0.6241 V | ||
| 7 | Minimum voltage at sensor for test cycle | 0.450 V | ||
| 8 | Maximum voltage at sensor for test cycle | 0.450 V | ||
| 129 | Sensor voltage lean | 0 | 0.6241 V | |
| 130 | Sensor voltage rich | 0.6241 V | 1.2998 V | |
| 131 | Deceleration test | 0 V | 0.1599 V | |
If the specified values are obtained
End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Remove the right vehicle floor cover -arrows-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Scheme 311
Checking primary voltage
Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
Scheme 312
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector terminals 3 to 4 for voltage.
Scheme 313
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) - G130-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) - G130- electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 3 | 34 |
| 4 | 62 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Install the right vehicle floor cover -arrows-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
OXYGEN SENSOR 3 BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Note. Vehicle must be raised before the electrical connector for the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G287- is accessible. When servicing terminals 3 and 4 in the electrical harness connector of the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G287-, use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Generic scan tool
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G287- fuse Ok.
- Oxygen Sensor 3 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater -Z64- OK. Refer to «OXYGEN SENSOR O2S 3 HEATER BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__oxygen-sensor-o2s-3-heater-behind) .
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Exhaust system between catalytic converter and cylinder head properly sealed.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80 °C.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Connect scan tool.
Start the engine and let it run at idle.
Select "Diagnostic mode 6: Check test results of components that are not continuously monitored".
Select "Test-ID 01: Oxygen sensor monitoring behind catalytic converter".
Select following Test-IDs.
Check the specified values at idle.
| Test-ID | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Min. | Max. | |||
| 1 | Rich to lean sensor barrier voltage | 0.6241 V | ||
| 2 | Lean to rich sensor barrier voltage | 0.6241 V | ||
| 7 | Minimum voltage at sensor for test cycle | 0.450 V | ||
| 8 | Maximum voltage at sensor for test cycle | 0.450 V | ||
| 129 | Sensor voltage lean | 0 | 0.6241 V | |
| 130 | Sensor voltage rich | 0.6241 V | 1.2998 V | |
| 131 | Deceleration test | 0 V | 0.1599 V | |
If the specified values are obtained
End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Remove the right vehicle floor cover -arrows-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Checking primary voltage
Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G287- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G287- electrical harness connector terminals 3 to 4 for voltage.
Specified value: 0.400 to 0.500 Volts
Switch the ignition off.
If the specified value was not obtained
Replace the Oxygen Sensor 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter -G287-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G287- electrical harness connector terminals to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G287- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 3 | 33 |
| 4 | 84 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Install the right vehicle floor cover -arrows-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Heater -Z19- is part of Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- and cannot be replaced separately.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse -SB6- OK.
- Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Checking internal resistance
Disconnect the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector -1-.
Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- terminals 3 to 4 for resistance.
Specified value: 2.5 to 10.0 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specification was not obtained
Replace the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Crank the engine (engine may run).
Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal 4 to Ground (GND) for voltage.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 4 | Ground (GND) |
Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal 4 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 8/87 an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), or Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal 3 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal 73 for resistance.
| Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -G39- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 3 | 73 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY .
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code)
OXYGEN SENSOR O2S 1 HEATER BEFORE CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Note. Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 1 Before Catalytic Converter Heater - Z29- is part of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Before Three Way Catalytic Converter -G130- and cannot be replaced separately.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse -SB21- OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Remove right cover from vehicle underbody. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Checking internal resistance
Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector -1-.
Scheme 314
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Scheme 315
Specified value: 2.5 to 14.0 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specification was not obtained
Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 8/87 an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, or Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 for resistance.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G130- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 29 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a open circuit or short to Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
OXYGEN SENSOR O2S 3 HEATER BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Note. Oxygen Sensor 02S) 3 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater -Z64- is part of Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G287- and cannot be replaced separately. When servicing electrical harness connector terminals for the Oxygen Sensor 02S) 3 (behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC)) Heater -Z64-, use only gold-plated terminals.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse -SB21- OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Remove right cover from vehicle underbody. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Checking internal resistance
Disconnect the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G287- electrical harness connector -1-.
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G287- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 2.5 to 14.0 ohms (at approx. 20 °C)
If the specification was not obtained
Replace the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G287-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specification was obtained
Checking voltage supply
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G287- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to ground (GND) for voltage.
Specified value: Battery voltage.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G287- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 2/87 an open circuit, a short circuit to each other, or Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specification was obtained
Checking Ground (GND) activation
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G287- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 for resistance.
| Oxygen Sensor (O2S) 3 Behind Three Way Catalytic Converter (TWC) -G287- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 7 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a open circuit or short to Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Erase the DTC memory. Refer to DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the DTC does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the DTC does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Test requirement
- A CAN-Bus malfunction was recognized.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Function
The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- communicates with other CAN-Bus capable control modules.
The control modules are connected by two data bus wires which are twisted together (CAN_High and CAN_Low), and exchange information (messages). Missing information on the CAN-bus is recognized as a malfunction by the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- and the other control modules connected to the CAN-bus.
Trouble-free operation of the CAN-Bus requires that it have a terminal resistance. This central terminal resistance is located in the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Disconnect the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- electrical harness connector.
Note. The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- must remain connected for the following step.
Using a multimeter, check the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- electrical harness connector terminals 6 to 16 for resistance.
Specified value: 60 to 72 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- electrical harness connector to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 for resistance.
| Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 6 (Can_Bus Low) | 67 |
| 16 (Can_Bus High) | 68 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
CAN BUS INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TO DATA BUS OBD INTERFACE, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Test requirement
- A CAN-Bus malfunction was recognized.
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Function
The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- communicates with other CAN-Bus capable control modules.
The control modules are connected by two data bus wires which are twisted together (CAN_High and CAN_Low), and exchange information (messages). Missing information on the CAN-bus is recognized as a malfunction by the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- and the other control modules connected to the CAN-bus.
Trouble-free operation of the CAN-Bus requires that it have a terminal resistance. This central terminal resistance is located in the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Disconnect the Instrument Cluster Control Module -J285- electrical harness connector.
Note. The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- must remain connected for the following step.
Using a multimeter, check the Instrument Cluster Control Module -J285- electrical harness connector terminals T32/29 to T32/30 for resistance.
Specified value: 60 to 72 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- electrical harness connector to the Instrument Cluster Control Module -J285- electrical harness connector T32 for resistance.
| Instrument Cluster Control Module -J285- electrical harness connector terminals | Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface -J533- electrical connector T20 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| T32/29 | T20/18 |
| T32/30 | T20/8 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms Max.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the Instrument Cluster Control Module -J285-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
SECONDARY AIR INJECTION VALVE, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- On vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the engine cover with air filter. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Checking internal resistance
Disconnect the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector.
Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- terminals 1 to 2 for resistance.
Specified value: 20 to 30 ohms (at room temp.)
If the specification was not obtained
Replace the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If the specification is obtained
Checking Voltage supply
Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector terminal 1 to Ground (GND).
| Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector terminal | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Operate the engine briefly.
Specified value: battery voltage.
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery positive (+) or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector terminal 2 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 for an open circuit.
| Secondary Air Injection (AIR) Solenoid Valve -N112- electrical harness connector terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 2 | 36 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Install the engine cover with air filter. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
TCM TO ECM CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Prior to repair work, perform a preliminary check to verify the condition. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Multimeter
- Wiring diagram
Test requirement
- A CAN malfunction was recognized
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts
- Engine control module fuses OK
- Ignition switched off
Test procedure
Remove the transmission control module. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.
Disconnect the transmission control module electrical harness connector.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
Repair as necessary.
Note. The ECM must remain connected for the following step. The central terminal resistor is located in the ECM.
Using a multimeter, check the Direct Shift Gearbox (DIG) Mechatronic -J743- electrical harness connector terminals 10 to 15 for resistance.
Specified value: 60 to 72 ohms (at approx. 20° C)
If the specified value was not obtained
Checking wiring
Remove the engine control module. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.
Using a multimeter, check each of the CAN bus circuits between the transmission control module and the engine control module. Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Check each CAN circuit for a short to ground, short to voltage, open circuit or high resistance.
Repair as necessary.
If the specified resistance value was not obtained and no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the engine control module. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.
If the specified resistance value was obtained
Remove the engine control module. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.
Check each CAN circuit for a short to ground, short to voltage, open circuit or high resistance.
Repair as necessary.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Replace the transmission control module. Refer to the appropriate service information for removal and installation procedures.
Final procedures
After repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram
Test requirement
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
Note. Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing the electrical harness connector terminals in Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the drivers side storage compartment. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Disconnect the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- 6-pin electrical harness connector -2-.
Scheme 316
Checking voltage supply and wiring
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the following wiring connections for voltage.
Scheme 317
| Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- electrical harness connector terminals | Specified value |
|---|---|
| 1 to Ground (GND) | About 5 V |
| 1 to 5 | About 5 V |
| 2 to Ground (GND) | About 5 V |
| 2 to 3 | About 5 V |
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 for an open circuit.
Scheme 318
| Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminals or test box sockets |
|---|---|
| 1 | 81 |
| 2 | 82 |
| 3 | 35 |
| 4 | 83 |
| 5 | 11 |
| 6 | 61 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to each other, Battery (+), and Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was not OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Install the drivers side storage compartment. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, shift selector lever into position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Throttle valve must not be damaged or dirty.
- Coolant Temperature at least 80° C.
Function
Throttle valve operation occurs by an electric motor (Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G186-) in the Throttle Valve Control Module - J338-. It is operated by the Motronic Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- and the Throttle Position (TP) Sensor -G79- /Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 2 -G185-.
The Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- is made up of the following components
- Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G186
- Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 1 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G187
- Throttle Drive Angle Sensor 2 (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G188
The Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- cannot be serviced separately and must be serviced as a unit.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Connect the scan tool.
Switch ignition on.
Using the scan tool, check the throttle valve position (absolute) at idle stop
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Throttle valve position (absolute) | ||||
| Idle stop | 3.0 to 25.0% | |||
Slowly depress the accelerator pedal to Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop while observing the percentage display. The percentage display must increase uniformly.
Using the scan tool, check the throttle valve position (absolute) at Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop
| Diagnostic text | Specified value | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Throttle valve position (absolute) | ||||
| Wide Open Throttle (WOT) stop | 84.0 to 97.0% | |||
End diagnosis and switch ignition off.
If the specified values are not obtained
Remove the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338 - far enough so that the electrical connector terminals are reached.
Disconnect the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- electrical harness connector -arrow-.
Scheme 319
Checking resistance
Using a multimeter, check the Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G186- at the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- terminals 3 to 5 for resistance.
Scheme 320
Specified value: 1.0 to 5.0 ohms (at 20° C)
If the specification was not obtained
Replace the Throttle Valve Control Module - J338-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specification was obtained
Check the voltage supply of the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-.
Checking voltage supply and wiring
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G186- at the Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- electrical harness connector terminals 2 to 6 for voltage.
Scheme 321
Specified value: at least 4.5 V
Switch the ignition off.
If the specification was not obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Throttle Drive (for Electronic Power Control (EPC)) -G186- at Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- electrical harness connector terminals to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T60 terminals for an open circuit according to the wiring diagram.
Scheme 322
| Throttle Valve Control Module -J338- electrical harness connector terminals | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T60 terminals or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 1 | 41 |
| 2 | 12 |
| 3 | 1 |
| 4 | 24 |
| 5 | 16 |
| 6 | 44 |
Specified value: 1.5 ohms max.
If the specification is not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If no malfunction is detected in the wiring and if the voltage supply was not OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY RELAY, CHECKING
Observe all safety precautions: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
View clean working conditions: CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
Use only gold-plated terminals when servicing any component with gold-plated electrical harness connector terminals.
For wiring diagrams, component locations, and connector views, Refer to the applicable wiring diagram.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Checking voltage
Using a multimeter, check the Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 4/86 to Ground (GND).
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connections from the Battery to the Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 4/86 for an open circuit or a short circuit.
Check the wiring connections for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking wiring
If the manufacturers test box is being used, perform the following step.
Install the test box.
If the manufacturers test box is not being used, perform the following step.
Remove the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Using a multimeter, check the Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 4/86 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal 92 for resistance.
| Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 4/86 | 92 |
Specified value: 2.0 ohms Max.
If the specification was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring
Checking activation
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 6/85 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector T94 terminal for voltage.
| Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket terminal | Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical connector T94 terminal or test box socket |
|---|---|
| 6/85 | 85 |
Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: 0.5 V Max.
If the specified value was obtained
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271-. Refer to appropriate service information.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring for a short circuit to Battery (+), or an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If no malfunction is found in the wiring and voltage supply was not OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, REPLACING
Removing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- Heat gun.
- locking pliers
Note. When the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connectors are disconnected, the adaptation values are erased and the DTC memory content remains intact.
Work procedure
Check the identification of the previous Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- as follows
Connect the scan tool.
Switch the ignition on.
Using the scan tool, select "Vehicle information".
Select " Calibration Identification" in vehicle information.
The electronic control module identification number will be displayed, e.g. 06A906032NA 4983
Record the electronic control module identification number.
End diagnosis and switch the ignition off.
Procedure
Refer to the appropriate service information.
ENGINE COMPONENT POWER SUPPLY RELAY, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- Fuse -SB12- OK.
- Fuse -SB7- OK.
- Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- OK
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Vehicles with automatic transmission, selector lever in position "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK .
Start diagnosis
Using a multimeter, check the following wiring connection for voltage.
| Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socket | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 1/30 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Specified value: 12.5 V
If the specified value was not obtained
Using a multimeter, check the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socket 1/30 to the Generator (GEN) -C- B (+) terminal for an open circuit or short to Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connectors for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking activation
Switch the ignition on.
Using a multimeter, check the following wiring connection for voltage.
| Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socket | Measure to |
|---|---|
| 3/86 | Engine Ground (GND) |
Switch the ignition off.
Specified value: 12.5. battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
Using a multimeter, check the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socket 3/86 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) Power Supply Relay -J271- socket 8/87 for an open circuit or short to Ground (GND).
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring
Checking Ground (GND)
Using a multimeter, check the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757- socket 5/85 to the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623- electrical harness connector terminal T94/28 for resistance.
Specified value: 1.5 ohms.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the electrical harness connector for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the wiring connection.
If no malfunctions are found in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Component Power Supply Relay -J757-.
Perform a road test to verify repair.
If the fault does not return
Generate readiness code. Refer to READINESS CODE .
If the fault does return and no malfunction is detected in the wiring and the voltage supply was OK
Replace the Engine Control Module (ECM) -J623-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
For all Automatic Transmission - Gears, hydraulic controls, Technical Data. Refer to the appropriate service information.
For all Automatic Transmission - Gears, hydraulic controls component locations. Refer to the appropriate service information.
For all Automatic Transmission - Gears, Hydraulic controls removal/installation procedures and torque specifications. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Check the for information that may supersede any information included in this information.
Note. All manufacturers special tools as well as common tools may contain a manufacturer specific part number. These tools may be substituted with an equivalent aftermarket tool and are available for rental or purchase through Audi. Manufacturers special tools as well as common tools that contain a manufacturer specific part number may be referenced in the test procedure illustrations showing the tool use or installation. If the manufacturer specific tool is not being used, an equivalent aftermarket tool may be installed in the same manner as the manufacturers special tool. The manufacturers test box Test Box 105 Pin VAG 1598/42 is available for purchase or rental. Certainly you have received an electrical shock once before when touching something made out of metal. The reason for this is the electrostatic charge of the human body. This charge can lead to functional problems by touching the electrical components of the transmission and selector lever mechanism. Touch a grounded object, e.g. a water pipe or a hoist, before working on the electrical components! Do not make direct contact on electrical harness connector terminals! Always switch ignition off before disconnecting or connecting Battery -A-, failure to do so may damage the Direct Shift Gearbox (DIG) Mechatronic -J743-. If special testing equipment is required during road test, note the following
| WARNING | Test equipment must always be secured to the rear seat and operated by a second person. If test and measuring equipment is operated from the passenger seat, the person seated could be injured in the event of an accident involving deployment of the passenger-side airbag. The use of nails, paper clips, or another unauthorized materials to back-probe electrical harness connectors is strictly prohibited and may cause damage to the electrical harness connectors, terminal ends or damage to a component. Use only the manufacturers test lead kit or an equivalent aftermarket test lead kit for back-probing all electrical harness connectors. |
SELECTOR LEVER VOLTAGE SUPPLY, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Direct Shift Gearbox (DIG) Mechatronic -J743- fuses OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Selector lever in "P".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Remove the selector mechanism, far enough to gain access to the Selector Lever -E313- electrical harness connector -A-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Disconnect the Selector Lever -E313- electrical harness connector -A-.
Scheme 323
Checking voltage supply, terminal 30
Using a multimeter, check the Selector Lever -E313- electrical harness connector terminals 10 to 1 for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the specified value was obtained
Checking voltage supply, terminal 15
Using a multimeter, check the Selector Lever -E313- electrical harness connector terminals 9 to 1 for voltage.
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
Check the wiring connection for an open circuit, short circuit to Battery (+) or Ground (GND).
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the wiring and voltage were OK
Replace the Selector Lever -E313-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
VOLTAGE SUPPLY OF DIRECT SHIFT GEARBOX MECHATRONIC, CHECKING
Special tools and workshop equipment required
- multimeter.
- Wiring diagram.
Test requirements
- The Direct Shift Gearbox (DIG) Mechatronic -J743- fuses OK.
- The Power Supply Relay (terminal 15) - J329- OK.
- Battery voltage at least 12.5 volts.
- All electrical consumers such as, lights and rear window defroster, switched off.
- Selector lever in "P" or "N".
- A/C switched off.
- Ground (GND) connections between engine/transmission/chassis OK.
- Ignition switched off.
Test procedure
Perform a preliminary check to verify the customers complaint. Refer to PRELIMINARY CHECK
Start diagnosis
Disconnect the Direct Shift Gearbox (DIG) Mechatronic -J743- electrical harness connector -1- by rotating counterclockwise.
Scheme 324
Checking voltage supply, terminal 30
Using a multimeter, check the Direct Shift Gearbox (DIG) Mechatronic -J743- electrical harness connector terminals for voltage.
Turn key on
| Direct Shift Gearbox (DIG) Mechatronic -J743- electrical harness connector terminals |
|---|
| 11 to 19 |
| 11 to 16 |
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
Turn key off
Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the wiring and voltage were OK
Voltage supply, terminal 15
Using a multimeter, check the Direct Shift Gearbox (DIG) Mechatronic -J743- electrical harness connector terminals for voltage.
Turn key on
| Direct Shift Gearbox (DIG) Mechatronic -J743- electrical harness connector terminals |
|---|
| 18 to 16 |
| 18 to 19 |
Specified value: battery voltage.
If the specified value was not obtained
Turn key off
Check the wiring connection for an open circuit.
Check the wiring connection for damage, corrosion, loose or broken terminals.
If necessary, repair the faulty wiring connection.
If the wiring and voltage were OK
Replace Direct Shift Gearbox (DIG) Mechatronic -J743-. Refer to the appropriate service information.
Final procedures
After the repair work, the following work steps must be performed in the following sequence
- Check the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-03-read-dtc) .
- If necessary, erase the DTC memory. Refer to «DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__diagnostic-mode-04-erase-dtc) .
- If the DTC memory was erased, generate readiness code. Refer to «READINESS CODE»(/audi/tt/8j-2010-2014/remont/cooling-fan/#20l-generic-scan-tool-engine-codes-ceta-coupe__readiness-code) .
12-22-2010
See also:
• DIAGNOSTIC MODE 04 - ERASE DTC MEMORY
• READINESS CODE
• Monitor-ID $01(01) : Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
• Monitor-ID $02(02) : Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 2
• Monitor-ID $03(03): Oxygen Sensor Monitor Bank 1- Sensor 3
• Monitor-ID $21(33): Catalytic Converter Monitoring
• Monitor-ID $35(53) : Cam Shaft Adjustment
• Monitor-Id $3A(58) : Fuel Tank Evap System Integrity/Leak Test (0.90&Rdquo;)
• Monitor-ID $3B(59) : Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity/Leak Test (0.40/1.0mm)
• Monitor-ID $3C(60) : Fuel Tank EVAP System Integrity/Leak Test (0.20/0.5mm)
• Monitor-ID $3D(61) : Tank vent valve - function check
• Monitor-ID $41(65) : Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 1
• Monitor-ID $42(66): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 2
• Monitor-ID $43(67): Oxygen Sensor Heater Monitor Bank 1 - Sensor 3
• Monitor-ID $71(113): Secondary air system (only SULEV)
• Monitor-ID $A2(162) : Mis-Fire Cylinder 1 Data
• Monitor-ID $A3(163): Mis-Fire Cylinder 2 Data
• Monitor-ID $A4(164): Mis-Fire Cylinder 3 Data
• Monitor-ID $A5(165): Mis-Fire Cylinder 4 Data
• DTC TABLES
• DIAGNOSTIC MODE 03 - READ DTC MEMORY
• EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM, CHECKING FOR LEAKS
• CAMSHAFT ADJUSTMENT VALVE, CHECKING
• FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING
• CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING
• FUEL PUMP ELECTRICAL, TESTING
• OXYGEN SENSOR O2S HEATER, CHECKING
• OXYGEN SENSOR O2S 1 HEATER BEFORE CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
• THROTTLE VALVE CONTROL MODULE, CHECKING
• MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR, CHECKING
• CHARGE AIR PRESSURE SENSOR, CHECKING
• INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING
• ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR, CHECKING
• THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2, CHECKING
• HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HO2S, CHECKING
• OXYGEN SENSOR O2S BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
• OXYGEN SENSOR 3 BEHIND THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
• FUEL PRESSURE TEST
• FUEL INJECTORS, CHECKING
• EVAPORATIVE PURGE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING
• WASTEGATE BYPASS REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING
• IGNITION COIL WITH POWER OUTPUT STAGE, CHECKING
• ENGINE SPEED SENSOR, CHECKING
• KNOCK SENSOR 1, CHECKING
• CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING
• LEAK DETECTION PUMP, CHECKING
• SPEED SIGNAL, CHECKING
• FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE, CHECKING
• ENGINE CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY RELAY, CHECKING
• INTAKE MANIFOLD RUNNER POSITION SENSOR, CHECKING
• CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING
• TCM TO ECM CAN BUS TERMINAL RESISTANCE, CHECKING
• CAN BUS INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TO DATA BUS OBD INTERFACE, CHECKING
• SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• CLEAN WORKING CONDITIONS
• PRELIMINARY CHECK
• DIAGNOSTIC MODE 06 - READ TEST RESULTS FOR SPECIFIC DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS
• TESTING IF DISPLAY IS APPROX. - 40.0° C
• TESTING IF DISPLAY APPROX. 140.0° C
• TESTING IF DISPLAY APPROX. -40&DEG; C OR APPROX. -46 C OR APPROX. -46° C
• TESTING IF DISPLAY APPROX. 140° C
• OXYGEN SENSOR O2S 3 HEATER BEHIND CATALYTIC CONVERTER, CHECKING